JP6858570B2 - Box body, wrapping box and manufacturing method of wrapping box - Google Patents

Box body, wrapping box and manufacturing method of wrapping box Download PDF

Info

Publication number
JP6858570B2
JP6858570B2 JP2017006277A JP2017006277A JP6858570B2 JP 6858570 B2 JP6858570 B2 JP 6858570B2 JP 2017006277 A JP2017006277 A JP 2017006277A JP 2017006277 A JP2017006277 A JP 2017006277A JP 6858570 B2 JP6858570 B2 JP 6858570B2
Authority
JP
Japan
Prior art keywords
surface portion
standing
box
folding line
line
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Active
Application number
JP2017006277A
Other languages
Japanese (ja)
Other versions
JP2018115001A (en
Inventor
正喜 柳澤
正喜 柳澤
陽介 西村
陽介 西村
Original Assignee
株式会社クラウン・パッケージ
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 株式会社クラウン・パッケージ filed Critical 株式会社クラウン・パッケージ
Priority to JP2017006277A priority Critical patent/JP6858570B2/en
Publication of JP2018115001A publication Critical patent/JP2018115001A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of JP6858570B2 publication Critical patent/JP6858570B2/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Landscapes

  • Cartons (AREA)

Description

本発明は、商品を展示するための箱体に関するものであり、特に、商品を載置する面を傾斜させることができる箱体に関するものである。 The present invention relates to a box for displaying a product, and more particularly to a box in which a surface on which the product is placed can be tilted.

従来より、商品を展示するための箱体において、商品を載置する面を傾斜させることができるものとして特許文献1〜3に記載のものが存在する。 Conventionally, there are boxes described in Patent Documents 1 to 3 as a box body for displaying a product, in which the surface on which the product is placed can be tilted.

ここで、特許文献1に記載の陳列兼用包装箱においては、背面板1から切り取られた蓋板5を陳列兼用包装箱内の底部において、蓋板先端に形成された差込片51を下方に折り曲げて、蓋板切取線部分10が正面板側に、差込片が背面板側にそれぞれ位置するように設置することにより、後方から前方にかけて漸次低くなる底面が形成される。 Here, in the display-combined packaging box described in Patent Document 1, the lid plate 5 cut out from the back plate 1 is placed at the bottom of the display-combined packaging box, and the insertion piece 51 formed at the tip of the lid plate is downward. By bending and installing the lid plate cutting line portion 10 so as to be located on the front plate side and the insertion piece on the back plate side, a bottom surface that gradually becomes lower from the rear to the front is formed.

また、特許文献2に記載の展示機能つきカートンにおいては、正面板1の下端より延設された底面部組成板9を介して傾斜板10が設けられ、該傾斜板10の開放端部には下方に折り曲げが可能な支え板11が設けられている。 Further, in the carton with an exhibition function described in Patent Document 2, an inclined plate 10 is provided via a bottom surface composition plate 9 extending from the lower end of the front plate 1, and the open end portion of the inclined plate 10 is provided with an inclined plate 10. A support plate 11 that can be bent downward is provided.

また、特許文献3に記載の包装展示兼用箱においては、箱本体1に商品を収納する底パッド2が挿入され、箱本体1における後壁5と各側壁4の稜部に箱本体1内に押込可能な押込片15が設けられ、展示状態への変形に際しては、底パッド2の後部を摘み片20により持ち上げ、押込片15を押し込み、底パッド2の後部を押込片15に載せることにより、敷板17が傾斜する。 Further, in the packaging display box described in Patent Document 3, a bottom pad 2 for storing products is inserted into the box body 1, and the rear wall 5 of the box body 1 and the ridges of each side wall 4 are inside the box body 1. A push-in piece 15 is provided, and when the bottom pad 2 is transformed into an exhibition state, the rear part of the bottom pad 2 is lifted by the picking piece 20, the push-in piece 15 is pushed in, and the rear part of the bottom pad 2 is placed on the push-in piece 15. The floor plate 17 is inclined.

また、出願人は、底面部と、内側スリーブ状部を有する内箱部で、内側スリーブ状部の内側側面部の一部が分離部として他の部分と切目線を介して分離可能な内箱部と、内箱部を覆う外箱部で、内側スリーブ状部を構成する各内側側面部に対応して外側側面部を有する外側スリーブ状部と、蓋部とを有し、分離部が設けられた内側側面部に対応した外側側面部には、切目線により形成された片部が分離部と接着されている外箱部と、を有し、外箱部の片部を外側に回動することにより分離部が片部に接着した状態のまま内箱部から分離し、その後、外箱部を上方に引き上げることにより、内箱部に収納された状態の商品を陳列することができる包装箱として、特許文献4及び特許文献5に示す先行技術文献についての出願を行っている。 Further, the applicant has an inner box portion having a bottom surface portion and an inner sleeve-shaped portion, and a part of the inner side surface portion of the inner sleeve-shaped portion can be separated from another portion as a separating portion via a cut line. The outer box portion that covers the inner box portion and the inner box portion has an outer sleeve-shaped portion having an outer side surface portion corresponding to each inner side surface portion constituting the inner sleeve-shaped portion, and a lid portion, and a separation portion is provided. The outer side surface portion corresponding to the inner side surface portion has an outer box portion in which one portion formed by the cut line is adhered to the separation portion, and one portion of the outer box portion is rotated outward. By doing so, the separated part is separated from the inner box part while being adhered to one part, and then the outer box part is pulled upward so that the products stored in the inner box part can be displayed. As a box, applications are filed for the prior art documents shown in Patent Document 4 and Patent Document 5.

実用新案登録第3180499号公報Utility Model Registration No. 3180499 特開2011−116387号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2011-116387 特開2001−114258号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2001-114258 実用新案登録第3139948号公報Utility Model Registration No. 3139948 特開2016−74478号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2016-74478

しかし、特許文献1に記載の構成においては、蓋板5の差込片51以外の部分である傾斜面は、差込片51のみより傾斜状態が維持されているので、該傾斜面が傾斜方向に沿って長く形成された場合や重量の重い商品を載せた場合には、該傾斜面が下方に撓んで傾斜状態での陳列を行なうことができないおそれがある。 However, in the configuration described in Patent Document 1, the inclined surface, which is a portion of the lid plate 5 other than the insertion piece 51, is maintained in an inclined state more than only the insertion piece 51, so that the inclined surface is in the inclined direction. If it is formed long along the line or if a heavy product is placed on it, the inclined surface may bend downward and display in an inclined state may not be possible.

また、特許文献2に記載の構成においても、傾斜板10は支え板11のみにより傾斜状態が維持されているので、該傾斜板10が傾斜方向に沿って長く形成された場合や重量の重い商品を載せた場合には、該傾斜板10が下方に撓んで傾斜状態での陳列を行なうことができないおそれがある。 Further, even in the configuration described in Patent Document 2, since the inclined plate 10 is maintained in an inclined state only by the support plate 11, when the inclined plate 10 is formed long along the inclined direction, or a heavy product. When the above is placed, the inclined plate 10 may bend downward and display in an inclined state may not be possible.

さらに、特許文献3に記載の構成においても、底パッド2は、押込片15のみにより傾斜状態が維持されているので、底パッド2が傾斜方向に沿って長く形成された場合や重量の重い商品を載せた場合には、該底パッド2が下方に撓んで傾斜状態での陳列を行なうことができないおそれがある。 Further, even in the configuration described in Patent Document 3, since the bottom pad 2 is maintained in an inclined state only by the pushing piece 15, when the bottom pad 2 is formed long along the inclined direction, or a heavy product. When the bottom pad 2 is placed, the bottom pad 2 may bend downward and display in an inclined state may not be possible.

そこで、商品の載置面を傾斜させることができる箱体において、該載置面が傾斜方向に長く形成されたり、重量の重い商品を載せた場合でも、載置面が下方に撓むことなく、商品の傾斜状態での陳列を行なうことができる箱体を提供することを目的とする。 Therefore, in a box body in which the mounting surface of a product can be tilted, the mounting surface does not bend downward even when the mounting surface is formed long in the tilting direction or a heavy product is placed. , An object of the present invention is to provide a box body capable of displaying products in an inclined state.

本発明は上記問題点を解決するために創作されたものであって、第1には、箱体であって、底面部(50)と側面構成部(5)と傾斜部(14)とを有し、側面構成部が、正面部(10)と、右側面部(20)と、左側面部(30)と、背面部(40)とを有し、底面部が、正面部の下辺から第1折れ線(C21)を介して連設された第1底面部(60)と、右側面部と左側面部の一方である第1側面部の下辺から第2折れ線(C22)を介して連設された第2底面部(70)と、右側面部と左側面部の他方である第2側面部の下辺から第3折れ線(C20)を介して連設された第3底面部(80)と、背面部の下辺から第4折れ線(C23)を介して連設された第4底面部(90)とを有し、第2底面部は、第1側面部の下辺から連設された第2底面部本体部(72)と、第2底面部本体部から第2折れ線と平行な第5折れ線(C24)を介して連設された第1起立部(74)と、第1起立部の背面側に第5折れ線と直角の第6折れ線(C25)を介して連設された第2起立部(76)と、第2起立部の下辺から第6折れ線と直角の第7折れ線(C26)を介して連設され、第4底面部の底面に接着された第1接着部(78)とを有し、第2底面部本体部は、第5折れ線の正面側の端部から第5折れ線に対して略直角の辺部である係合用辺部(72e)を有し、第1接着部においては、第2底面部本体の底面側と同じ側の面が第4底面部に接着され、第3底面部は、第2側面部の下辺から連設された第3底面部本体部(82)と、第3底面部本体部の正面側から第2折れ線に対して略45度をなす第8折れ線(C27)を介して連設され、第1底面部に接着された第2接着部(86)と、第3底面部本体部から第3折れ線と平行な第9折れ線(C28、C29)を介して連設された第3起立部(88)とを有し、第3底面部本体部は、第9折れ線よりも第3折れ線とは反対側に突出した突状部(84)を有し、正面部が、右側面部及び左側面部から連設された前正面部(11)と、前正面部の上端から第10折れ線(C51、C52)を介して折り返されて前正面部の背面に接着された後正面部(12)とを有し、傾斜部が、後正面部の下端から第11折れ線(C6)を介して連設され、箱体が、シート状のブランクにより形成され、箱体が折り畳まれた状態では、正面部と第2側面部間の角度である第1角度が箱体の組立て状態における第1角度よりも小さく、背面部と第1側面部間の角度である第2角度が箱体の組立て状態における第2角度よりも小さくなっており、箱体が折り畳まれた状態から第1角度と第2角度を大きくしていくことにより、第1起立部が第2底面部本体部に対して折曲した状態になるとともに、第2起立部が第1接着部に対して折曲した状態となり、第3起立部が第1起立部に接することにより第3底面部本体部に対して折曲した状態となり、突状部が第1起立部と第2起立部間の角部(75)と係合するとともに、第3起立部の正面側の端部が係合用辺部と係合して箱体が組立て状態となり、箱体の組立て状態では、第1起立部と第3起立部が互いに対向した状態で接し、第2起立部は第1起立部に対して略直角に折曲し、第2底面部本体部の一部は第1底面部の上側に位置し、第3底面部本体部の一部は第4底面部の上側に位置し、傾斜部が、傾斜部の底面が第1起立部と第2起立部と第3起立部の少なくともいずれかに接した状態では、側面構成部の下辺により囲まれる仮想平面に対して傾斜部の正面側が背面側よりも下側となるように傾斜した状態となることを特徴とする。
The present invention has been created to solve the above problems. First, it is a box body, and has a bottom surface portion (50), a side surface constituent portion (5), and an inclined portion (14). The side surface component portion has a front surface portion (10), a right side surface portion (20), a left side surface portion (30), and a back surface portion (40), and the bottom surface portion is first from the lower side of the front surface portion. A first bottom surface portion (60) connected via a polygonal line (C21) and a second jointly provided via a second polygonal line (C22) from the lower side of the first side surface portion which is one of the right side surface portion and the left side surface portion. 2 The bottom surface portion (70), the third bottom surface portion (80) connected from the lower side of the second side surface portion, which is the other side of the right side surface portion and the left side surface portion, via the third polygonal line (C20), and the lower side of the back surface portion. It has a fourth bottom surface portion (90) connected via a fourth polygonal line (C23), and the second bottom surface portion is a second bottom surface portion main body portion ( 90) connected from the lower side of the first side surface portion. 72), the first standing portion (74) connected via the fifth folding line (C24) parallel to the second folding line from the main body of the second bottom surface portion, and the fifth folding line on the back side of the first standing portion. A second standing portion (76) connected via a sixth polygonal line (C25) perpendicular to the line, and a seventh polygonal line (C26) connected from the lower side of the second standing portion via a seventh polygonal line (C26) perpendicular to the sixth polygonal line. It has a first adhesive portion (78) bonded to the bottom surface of the fourth bottom surface portion, and the second bottom surface portion main body portion is substantially perpendicular to the fifth polygonal line from the front end of the fifth polygonal line. It has an engaging side portion (72e) which is a side portion, and in the first adhesive portion, a surface on the same side as the bottom surface side of the second bottom surface portion main body is adhered to the fourth bottom surface portion, and the third bottom surface portion is A third bottom body portion (82) connected from the lower side of the second side surface portion and an eighth folding line (C27) forming approximately 45 degrees with respect to the second folding line from the front side of the third bottom surface portion main body portion. A second adhesive portion (86) connected to the first bottom surface portion and a ninth folding line (C28, C29) parallel to the third folding line from the third bottom surface portion main body portion are continuously provided. The third bottom surface portion has a third standing portion (88), and the third bottom surface portion has a protruding portion (84) protruding from the ninth folding line to the opposite side of the third folding line, and the front portion has a protruding portion (84). The front front portion (11) connected from the right side surface portion and the left side surface portion, and the rear front portion that is folded back from the upper end of the front front portion via the tenth polygonal line (C51, C52) and adhered to the back surface of the front front portion. (12), an inclined portion is continuously provided from the lower end of the rear front portion via the eleventh polygonal line (C6), the box body is formed by a sheet-shaped blank, and the box body is folded. Then, the first angle, which is the angle between the front part and the second side surface part, is the set of the box body. The second angle, which is smaller than the first angle in the upright state and the angle between the back surface and the first side surface, is smaller than the second angle in the assembled state of the box, from the folded state of the box. By increasing the first angle and the second angle, the first standing portion is bent with respect to the main body of the second bottom surface portion, and the second standing portion is folded with respect to the first adhesive portion. It becomes a bent state, and when the third standing part comes into contact with the first standing part, it becomes a bent state with respect to the main body part of the third bottom surface portion, and the protruding part is a corner portion between the first standing part and the second standing part. While engaging with (75), the front end of the third standing portion engages with the engaging side portion to put the box body in an assembled state, and in the assembled state of the box body, the first standing portion and the third The standing portions are in contact with each other in a state of facing each other, the second standing portion is bent at a substantially right angle to the first standing portion, and a part of the main body portion of the second bottom surface portion is located above the first bottom surface portion. 3 A part of the main body of the bottom surface is located above the fourth bottom surface, and the inclined portion is in contact with at least one of the first standing portion, the second standing portion, and the third standing portion. Then, it is characterized in that the front side of the inclined portion is inclined so as to be lower than the back side with respect to the virtual plane surrounded by the lower side of the side surface constituent portion.

第1の構成によれば、箱体の組立て状態では、第1起立部が第2底面部本体部に対して折曲した状態になり、第2起立部が第1接着部に対して折曲した状態となり、第3起立部が第3底面部本体部に対して折曲した状態となることにより、第1起立部と第2起立部と第3起立部が起立した状態となり、傾斜部は、第1起立部と第2起立部と第3起立部の少なくともいずれかに接して支持されるので、傾斜部が傾斜方向に長く形成されたり、重量の重い被収納物を載せた場合でも、傾斜部が下方に撓むことなく、被収納物の傾斜状態での陳列を行なうことができる。 According to the first configuration, in the assembled state of the box body, the first standing portion is bent with respect to the main body portion of the second bottom surface portion, and the second standing portion is bent with respect to the first adhesive portion. The third upright portion is bent with respect to the main body of the third bottom surface portion, so that the first upright portion, the second upright portion, and the third upright portion are in an upright state, and the inclined portion is in a state of being upright. , Since it is supported in contact with at least one of the first standing portion, the second standing portion, and the third standing portion, even if the inclined portion is formed long in the inclined direction or a heavy object to be stored is placed on the inclined portion. The items to be stored can be displayed in an inclined state without the inclined portion bending downward.

なお、上記第1の構成において、第2折れ線と第5折れ線間の長さ(L72)が第3折れ線と第9折れ線間の長さ(L82)と略同一に形成され、第1側面部の正面側の端部をなす辺部(正面部と第1側面部間の折れ線としてもよい)と係合用辺部との間の第2折れ線の方向に沿った長さ(L70)が、第2側面部の正面側の端部をなす辺部(正面部と第2側面部間の折れ線としてもよい)と第3起立部の正面側の端部をなす辺部(88d)との間の第3折れ線の方向に沿った長さ(L80)と略同一であり、第1側面部の背面側の端部をなす辺部と第6折れ線との間の第2折れ線の方向に沿った長さ(L71)が、第2側面部の背面側の端部をなす辺部と突状部の正面側の端部をなす辺部(82g)との間の第3折れ線の方向に沿った長さ(L81)とが略同一であるとしてもよい。 In the first configuration, the length between the second folding line and the fifth folding line (L72) is formed to be substantially the same as the length between the third folding line and the ninth folding line (L82), and the length of the first side surface portion is formed. The length (L70) along the direction of the second fold line between the side portion forming the front end portion (which may be a fold line between the front portion and the first side surface portion) and the engagement side portion is the second. The first side between the side portion forming the front end of the side surface portion (which may be a folding line between the front portion and the second side surface portion) and the side portion forming the front end portion of the third standing portion (88d). 3 The length along the direction of the fold line (L80) is substantially the same as the length along the direction of the second fold line between the side portion forming the back end of the first side surface portion and the sixth fold line. (L71) is the length along the direction of the third folding line between the side portion forming the rear end portion of the second side surface portion and the side portion (82 g) forming the front end portion of the protruding portion. (L81) may be substantially the same.

また、第2には、上記第1の構成において、第1起立部における第5折れ線とは反対側の辺部である第1傾斜辺部(74c)は、第5折れ線の方向に対して正面側から背面側に向けて上側となるように傾斜し、第3起立部における第9折れ線と反対側の辺部である第2傾斜辺部(88c)は、第9折れ線の方向に対して正面側から背面側に向けて上側となるように傾斜し、第2傾斜辺部は、箱体の組立て状態において、第1傾斜辺部に沿った状態となり、傾斜部が第1起立部と第2起立部と第3起立部の少なくともいずれかに接して傾斜した状態では、第1傾斜辺部と第2傾斜辺部は、傾斜部の底面に沿った状態となることを特徴とする。 Secondly, in the first configuration, the first inclined side portion (74c), which is the side portion of the first standing portion opposite to the fifth folding line, is in front of the direction of the fifth folding line. The second inclined side portion (88c), which is inclined from the side toward the back side so as to be upward and is the side portion opposite to the ninth folding line in the third standing portion, is frontal with respect to the direction of the ninth folding line. It is inclined so as to be upward from the side to the back side, and the second inclined side portion is in a state along the first inclined side portion in the assembled state of the box body, and the inclined portions are the first standing portion and the second. When the first inclined side portion and the second inclined side portion are inclined in contact with at least one of the upright portion and the third upright portion, the first inclined side portion and the second inclined side portion are in a state along the bottom surface of the inclined portion.

よって、第1起立部に第1傾斜辺部が設けられ、第3起立部に第2傾斜辺部が設けられ、傾斜部が第1起立部と第2起立部と第3起立部の少なくともいずれかに接して傾斜した状態では、第1傾斜辺部と第2傾斜辺部は、傾斜部の底面に沿った状態となるので、傾斜部の傾斜状態を安定させることができる。 Therefore, the first inclined side portion is provided in the first standing portion, the second inclined side portion is provided in the third standing portion, and the inclined portion is at least one of the first standing portion, the second standing portion, and the third standing portion. In the state of being inclined in contact with the crab, the first inclined side portion and the second inclined side portion are in a state along the bottom surface of the inclined portion, so that the inclined state of the inclined portion can be stabilized.

また、第3には、上記第1又は第2の構成において、傾斜部の正面部側とは反対側の端部から第12折れ線(C71、C72、C73)を介して連設された傾斜部支持部(16)が設けられ、傾斜部支持部は、傾斜部が第1起立部と第2起立部と第3起立部の少なくともいずれかに接した状態で、背面部に接するとともに、傾斜部支持部は、傾斜部が第1起立部と第2起立部と第3起立部の少なくともいずれかに接した状態で、下方に伸びる脚部(18−1、18−2)を有することを特徴とする。 Thirdly, in the first or second configuration, the inclined portion is continuously provided from the end portion on the side opposite to the front portion side of the inclined portion via the 12th polygonal line (C71, C72, C73). A support portion (16) is provided, and the inclined portion supporting portion is in contact with the back surface portion and the inclined portion in a state where the inclined portion is in contact with at least one of the first standing portion, the second standing portion, and the third standing portion. The support portion is characterized by having legs (18-1, 18-2) extending downward with the inclined portion in contact with at least one of the first standing portion, the second standing portion, and the third standing portion. And.

よって、傾斜部は、傾斜部支持部によっても支持されるので、傾斜部の傾斜状態を保つことができ、特に、傾斜部における第1起立部〜第3起立部よりも背面側の領域が下方に撓むことがない。 Therefore, since the inclined portion is also supported by the inclined portion supporting portion, the inclined state of the inclined portion can be maintained, and in particular, the region on the back surface side of the inclined portion from the first standing portion to the third standing portion is downward. Does not bend.

また、第4には、上記第3の構成において、傾斜部支持部は、第12折れ線を介して連設された連結部(17)を有し、該脚部は連結部から連設され、傾斜部が第1起立部と第2起立部と第3起立部の少なくともいずれかに接した状態では、連結部が、背面部に接するとともに、傾斜部に対して上側に折曲した状態となり、第12折れ線は、同一直線上に位置する複数の折れ線から形成され、傾斜部と傾斜支持部とならなる領域を展開した状態において、第12折れ線を構成する該複数の折れ線における隣接する折れ線間に形成された切込みを介して脚部と傾斜部とが隣接していることを特徴とする。 Fourth, in the third configuration, the inclined portion support portion has a connecting portion (17) connected via a twelfth polygonal line, and the leg portion is continuously provided from the connecting portion. When the inclined portion is in contact with at least one of the first standing portion, the second standing portion, and the third standing portion, the connecting portion is in contact with the back portion and is bent upward with respect to the inclined portion. The twelfth polygonal line is formed from a plurality of polygonal lines located on the same straight line, and in a state where a region serving as an inclined portion and an inclined support portion is developed, between the adjacent polygonal lines in the plurality of polygonal lines constituting the twelfth polygonal line. It is characterized in that the leg portion and the inclined portion are adjacent to each other through the formed notch.

よって、連結部は傾斜部に対して上側に折曲した状態となるので、傾斜部に載置された商品が傾斜部の背面部側から落下するおそれがない。 Therefore, since the connecting portion is in a state of being bent upward with respect to the inclined portion, there is no possibility that the product placed on the inclined portion will fall from the back surface side of the inclined portion.

また、第4−1の構成として、上記第1から第4までのいずれかの構成において、側面構成部が、背面部から折れ線を介して連設され、左側面部又は右側面部の内側の面に接着された糊代部(49)を有し、傾斜部が第1起立部と第2起立部と第3起立部の少なくともいずれかに接した状態では、傾斜部は、糊代部の内側の面に接することを特徴とするとしてもよい。これにより、傾斜部が第1起立部と第2起立部と第3起立部の少なくともいずれかに接した状態では、傾斜部は、糊代部の内側の面に接するので、傾斜部が傾斜状態から上方に浮き上がるのを防止することができる。 Further, as the 4-1 configuration, in any of the first to fourth configurations, the side surface components are continuously provided from the back surface portion via a polygonal line, and are formed on the left side surface portion or the inner surface of the right side surface portion. When the glue margin portion (49) is adhered and the inclined portion is in contact with at least one of the first standing portion, the second standing portion, and the third standing portion, the inclined portion is inside the glue margin portion. It may be characterized by being in contact with a surface. As a result, when the inclined portion is in contact with at least one of the first standing portion, the second standing portion, and the third standing portion, the inclined portion is in contact with the inner surface of the glue margin portion, so that the inclined portion is in an inclined state. It is possible to prevent it from rising upward from.

また、第5には、上記第1から第4までのいずれかの構成において、箱体が折り畳まれた状態で、第1接着部と第2底面部本体部が切目線(78K)を介して連設され、箱体が折り畳まれた状態から第1角度と第2角度を大きくすることにより第1接着部と第2底面部本体部間の該切目線が破断することを特徴とする。 Fifth, in any of the first to fourth configurations, the first adhesive portion and the second bottom surface portion main body portion are connected via a cut line (78K) in a state where the box body is folded. It is characterized in that the cut line between the first adhesive portion and the second bottom surface portion main body portion is broken by increasing the first angle and the second angle from the state in which the box body is continuously provided and folded.

よって、第1接着部と第2底面部本体部が切目線(78K)を介して連設されていることにより、第2底面部が平板状の状態に維持され、これにより、箱体が扁平状に折り畳まれた状態が維持されるので、折り畳んだ状態の箱体を保管・運搬する際に省スペースを図ることができる。 Therefore, since the first adhesive portion and the second bottom surface portion main body portion are continuously provided via the cut line (78K), the second bottom surface portion is maintained in a flat state, whereby the box body is flattened. Since the folded state is maintained, it is possible to save space when storing and transporting the folded box.

また、第6には、上記第1から第5までのいずれかの構成において、正面部には、傾斜部に載置された被収納物の視認又は取出しのための切欠部(K10)又は被収納物の視認又は取出しのための開口部が設けられていることを特徴とする。 Sixth, in any of the first to fifth configurations, the front portion has a notch (K10) or a cover for visually recognizing or taking out the stored object placed on the inclined portion. It is characterized in that an opening is provided for visually recognizing or taking out the stored items.

よって、箱体の正面部側を被収納物の陳列における正面側とすることにより、被収納物は正面側にスライドしやすくなり、被収納物を正面側から取り出しやすくすることができる。 Therefore, by setting the front side of the box body as the front side in the display of the stored object, the stored object can be easily slid to the front side, and the stored object can be easily taken out from the front side.

また、第7には、上記第1から第5までのいずれかの構成において、背面部には、傾斜部に載置された被収納物の視認又は取出しのための切欠部(K40)又は被収納物の視認又は取出しのための開口部が設けられていることを特徴とする。 Seventh, in any of the first to fifth configurations, the back surface is a notch (K40) or a cover for visually recognizing or taking out the stored object placed on the inclined portion. It is characterized in that an opening is provided for visually recognizing or taking out the stored items.

よって、箱体の背面部側を被収納物の陳列における正面側とすることにより、陳列された被収納物の正面側が斜め上向きとなるので、被収納物の正面側の面を斜め上方から視認しやすくすることができる。 Therefore, by setting the back side of the box body as the front side in the display of the stored object, the front side of the displayed stored object faces diagonally upward, so that the front surface of the stored object can be visually recognized from diagonally above. Can be made easier.

また、第8には、包装箱であって、内箱部(A)と外箱部(B)とを有し、内箱部と外箱部が、それぞれシート状のブランクにより形成され、内箱部が、底面部(50)と内側スリーブ状部(5)と傾斜部(14)とを有し、内側スリーブ状部が、内側正面部(10)と、内側右側面部(20)と、内側左側面部(30)と、内側背面部(40)とを有し、底面部が、内側正面部の下辺から第1折れ線(C21)を介して連設された第1底面部(60)と、内側右側面部と内側左側面部の一方である内側第1側面部の下辺から第2折れ線(C22)を介して連設された第2底面部(70)と、内側右側面部と内側左側面部の他方である内側第2側面部の下辺から第3折れ線(C20)を介して連設された第3底面部(80)と、内側背面部の下辺から第4折れ線(C23)を介して連設された第4底面部(90)とを有し、第2底面部は、内側第1側面部の下辺から連設された第2底面部本体部(72)と、第2底面部本体部から第2折れ線と平行な第5折れ線(C24)を介して連設された第1起立部(74)と、第1起立部の背面側に第5折れ線と直角の第6折れ線(C25)を介して連設された第2起立部(76)と、第2起立部の下辺から第6折れ線と直角の第7折れ線(C26)を介して連設され、第4底面部の底面に接着された第1接着部(78)とを有し、第2底面部本体部は、第5折れ線の正面側の端部から第5折れ線に対して略直角の辺部である係合用辺部(72e)を有し、第1接着部においては、第2底面部本体の底面側と同じ側の面が第4底面部に接着され、第3底面部は、内側第2側面部の下辺から連設された第3底面部本体部(82)と、第3底面部本体部の正面側から第2折れ線に対して略45度をなす第8折れ線(C27)を介して連設され、第1底面部に接着された第2接着部(86)と、第3底面部本体部から第3折れ線と平行な第9折れ線(C28、C29)を介して連設された第3起立部(88)とを有し、第3底面部本体部は、第9折れ線よりも第3折れ線とは反対側に突出した突状部(84)を有し、内側正面部が、内側右側面部及び内側左側面部から連設された内側前正面部(11)と、内側前正面部の上端から第10折れ線(C51、C52)を介して折り返されて内側前正面部の背面に接着された内側後正面部(12)とを有し、傾斜部が、内側後正面部の下端から第11折れ線(C6)を介して連設され、内側前正面部と内側右側面部と内側左側面部と内側背面部の4つの内側面部における2つの内側面部において、内側面部の一部が分離部(24、34)として内箱面部における分離部以外の部分である内側面部本体部と切目線を介して分離可能に形成され、外箱部が、内箱部の外側の面に沿って設けられた外側スリーブ状部で、内側正面部の外側の面に沿って形成された外側正面部(210)と、内側右側面部の外側の面に沿って形成された外側右側面部(220)と、内側左側面部の外側の面に沿って形成された外側左側面部(230)と、内側背面部の外側の面に沿って形成された外側背面部(240)とを有し、外箱部を箱状に組み立てた状態では、外側正面部と外側右側面部と外側左側面部と外側背面部の4つの外側面部において、互いに隣接する外側面部が略直角をなす外側スリーブ状部(205)と、外側スリーブ状部の上端から折れ線を介して連設された蓋部と、を有し、4つの外側面部において、内箱部における分離部が設けられた内側面部である分離部形成内側面部に対応した外側面部に分離部が接着され、外側面部における分離部が接着された領域を含む片部である回動片部(224、234)が分離部が接着された外側面部の他の部分に対して回動可能に形成され、包装箱が折り畳まれた状態では、内側正面部と内側第2側面部間の角度である第1角度が内箱部の組立て状態における第1角度よりも小さく、内側背面部と内側第1側面部間の角度である第2角度が内箱部の組立て状態における第2角度よりも小さくなっており、包装箱が折り畳まれた状態から第1角度と第2角度を大きくしていくことにより、第1起立部が第2底面部本体部に対して折曲した状態になるとともに、第2起立部が第1接着部に対して折曲した状態となり、第3起立部が第1起立部に接することにより第3底面部本体部に対して折曲した状態となり、突状部が第1起立部と第2起立部間の角部(75)と係合するとともに、第3起立部の正面側の端部が係合用辺部と係合して包装箱が組立て状態となり、包装箱の組立て状態では、第1起立部と第3起立部が互いに対向した状態で接し、第2起立部は第1起立部に対して略直角に折曲し、第2底面部本体部の一部は第1底面部の上側に位置し、第3底面部本体部の一部は第4底面部の上側に位置し、傾斜部が、傾斜部の底面が第1起立部と第2起立部と第3起立部の少なくともいずれかに接した状態では、側面構成部の下辺により囲まれる仮想平面に対して傾斜部の正面側が背面側よりも下側となるように傾斜した状態となり、回動片部を外側に回動させることにより分離部と内箱部側面部本体部間の切目線が切断されて分離部が回動片部に接着した状態で内箱部から分離することを特徴とする。 Eighth, the packaging box has an inner box portion (A) and an outer box portion (B), and the inner box portion and the outer box portion are each formed of a sheet-shaped blank, and the inner box portion is formed. The box portion has a bottom surface portion (50), an inner sleeve-shaped portion (5), and an inclined portion (14), and the inner sleeve-shaped portion has an inner front surface portion (10) and an inner right surface portion (20). A first bottom surface portion (60) having an inner left side surface portion (30) and an inner back surface portion (40), and a bottom surface portion connected from the lower side of the inner front surface portion via a first polygonal line (C21). , The second bottom surface portion (70) connected from the lower side of the inner first side surface portion, which is one of the inner right side surface portion and the inner left side surface portion, via the second polygonal line (C22), and the inner right side surface portion and the inner left side surface portion. On the other hand, a third bottom surface portion (80) connected from the lower side of the inner second side surface portion via a third folding line (C20) and a continuous connection from the lower side of the inner back surface portion via a fourth folding line (C23). The second bottom surface portion has a fourth bottom surface portion (90), and the second bottom surface portion is formed from a second bottom surface portion main body portion (72) continuously provided from the lower side of the inner first side surface portion and a second bottom surface portion main body portion. A first standing portion (74) connected via a fifth folding line (C24) parallel to the second folding line, and a sixth folding line (C25) perpendicular to the fifth folding line on the back side of the first standing portion. The second standing portion (76) and the seventh folding line (C26) perpendicular to the sixth folding line from the lower side of the second standing portion were connected to each other and adhered to the bottom surface of the fourth bottom surface. The engaging side portion (72e) having the first adhesive portion (78) and the second bottom surface portion main body portion is a side portion substantially perpendicular to the fifth folding line from the front end portion of the fifth folding line. In the first adhesive portion, a surface on the same side as the bottom surface side of the second bottom surface portion main body is adhered to the fourth bottom surface portion, and the third bottom surface portion is continuously provided from the lower side of the inner second side surface portion. A third bottom surface portion (82) and an eighth folding line (C27) forming approximately 45 degrees with respect to the second folding line from the front side of the third bottom surface portion main body portion are connected to the first bottom surface portion. A second adhesive portion (86) bonded to the third bottom portion and a third standing portion (88) connected from the main body portion of the third bottom surface portion via a ninth folding line (C28, C29) parallel to the third folding line. The third bottom surface portion main body portion has a protruding portion (84) protruding from the ninth folding line to the side opposite to the third folding line, and the inner front portion is continuous from the inner right side surface portion and the inner left side surface portion. The inner front front portion (11) provided and the inner rear front portion (12) folded back from the upper end of the inner front front portion via the tenth polygonal line (C51, C52) and adhered to the back surface of the inner front front portion. And the inclined part is the first from the lower end of the inner rear front part It is connected through 11 folding lines (C6), and a part of the inner side surface part is a separation part (24) in two inner side surface parts of four inner side surface parts of the inner front front part, the inner right side part, the inner left side part and the inner back part. , 34), which is separably formed from the inner side surface portion main body portion which is a portion other than the separation portion on the inner box surface portion via a cut line, and the outer box portion is provided along the outer surface of the inner box portion. A sleeve-shaped portion, an outer front surface portion (210) formed along the outer surface of the inner front surface portion, an outer right surface portion (220) formed along the outer surface of the inner right surface portion, and an inner left surface portion. It has an outer left side surface portion (230) formed along the outer surface of the inner back portion and an outer back surface portion (240) formed along the outer surface of the inner back surface portion, and the outer box portion is assembled in a box shape. In this state, the outer sleeve-shaped portion (205) and the outer sleeve-shaped portion in which the outer surface portions adjacent to each other are substantially perpendicular to each other in the four outer surface portions of the outer front portion, the outer right surface portion, the outer left side surface portion, and the outer back surface portion. It has a lid portion connected from the upper end via a folding line, and is separated into an outer surface portion corresponding to a separation portion forming inner side surface portion which is an inner side surface portion provided with a separation portion in the inner box portion on four outer surface portions. The rotating piece portion (224, 234), which is a part including the region where the separated portion is bonded, is rotatable with respect to the other portion of the outer surface portion to which the separated portion is bonded. In the formed and folded state of the packaging box, the first angle, which is the angle between the inner front portion and the inner second side surface portion, is smaller than the first angle in the assembled state of the inner box portion, and the inner back portion and the inner second side portion. The second angle, which is the angle between the first side surfaces, is smaller than the second angle in the assembled state of the inner box portion, and the first angle and the second angle are increased from the folded state of the packaging box. As a result, the first standing portion is in a bent state with respect to the second bottom surface portion main body portion, the second standing portion is in a bent state with respect to the first adhesive portion, and the third standing portion is in a first standing state. When it comes into contact with the portion, it is in a bent state with respect to the main body portion of the third bottom surface portion, and the protruding portion engages with the corner portion (75) between the first standing portion and the second standing portion and the third standing portion. The front end of the box engages with the engaging side to put the packaging box in an assembled state, and in the assembled state of the packaging box, the first standing part and the third standing part are in contact with each other in a state of facing each other, and the second standing part is in an assembled state. The portion is bent substantially at right angles to the first standing portion, a part of the second bottom surface portion main body portion is located above the first bottom surface portion, and a part of the third bottom surface portion main body portion is the fourth bottom surface portion. Located on the upper side of, the inclined part is the first, and the bottom of the inclined part is the first When in contact with at least one of the standing portion, the second standing portion, and the third standing portion, the front side of the inclined portion is lower than the back side with respect to the virtual plane surrounded by the lower side of the side component portion. The inner box part is in an inclined state, and the cut line between the separation part and the side surface part of the inner box part is cut by rotating the rotating piece part outward, and the separated part is adhered to the rotating piece part. It is characterized by being separated from.

第8の構成によれば、内箱部の組立て状態では、第1起立部が第2底面部本体部に対して折曲した状態になり、第2起立部が第1接着部に対して折曲した状態となり、第3起立部が第3底面部本体部に対して折曲した状態となることにより、第1起立部と第2起立部と第3起立部が起立した状態となり、傾斜部は、第1起立部と第2起立部と第3起立部の少なくともいずれかに接して支持されるので、傾斜部が傾斜方向に長く形成されたり、重量の重い被収納物を載せた場合でも、傾斜部が下方に撓むことなく、被収納物の傾斜状態での陳列を行なうことができる。 According to the eighth configuration, in the assembled state of the inner box portion, the first standing portion is in a bent state with respect to the second bottom surface portion main body portion, and the second standing portion is folded with respect to the first adhesive portion. In a bent state, the third upright portion is bent with respect to the main body portion of the third bottom surface portion, so that the first upright portion, the second upright portion, and the third upright portion are in an upright state, and the inclined portion is formed. Is supported in contact with at least one of the first standing portion, the second standing portion, and the third standing portion, so that even if the inclined portion is formed long in the inclined direction or a heavy object to be stored is placed on the inclined portion. , The items to be stored can be displayed in an inclined state without the inclined portion bending downward.

また、組み立てた状態の包装箱に上方から被収納物である商品を収納して、蓋部を閉じて封止するのみであるので、容易に商品の梱包作業を行うことができ、また、回動片部を外側に回動させて、分離部を内箱部から分離して外箱部を上方に引き上げるのみで陳列することができるので、商品の陳列作業を容易に行なうことができる。 In addition, since the product to be stored is stored in the assembled packaging box from above and the lid is closed and sealed, the product can be easily packed. Since the moving piece portion can be rotated outward, the separating portion can be separated from the inner box portion, and the outer box portion can be pulled upward, the product can be easily displayed.

なお、上記第8の構成において、第2折れ線と第5折れ線間の長さ(L72)が第3折れ線と第9折れ線間の長さ(L82)と略同一に形成され、内側第1側面部の正面側の端部をなす辺部(内側正面部と内側第1側面部間の折れ線としてもよい)と係合用辺部との間の第2折れ線の方向に沿った長さ(L70)が、内側第2側面部の内側正面側の端部をなす辺部(内側正面部と内側第2側面部間の折れ線としてもよい)と第3起立部の正面側の端部をなす辺部(88d)との間の第3折れ線の方向に沿った長さ(L80)と略同一であり、内側第1側面部の背面側の端部をなす辺部と第6折れ線との間の第2折れ線の方向に沿った長さ(L71)が、内側第2側面部の背面側の端部をなす辺部と突状部の正面側の端部をなす辺部(82g)との間の第3折れ線の方向に沿った長さ(L81)とが略同一であるとしてもよい。 In the eighth configuration, the length between the second folding line and the fifth folding line (L72) is formed to be substantially the same as the length between the third folding line and the ninth folding line (L82), and the inner first side surface portion is formed. The length (L70) along the direction of the second folding line between the side portion forming the front end portion (which may be a folding line between the inner front portion and the inner first side surface portion) and the engaging side portion is , The side portion forming the inner front side end of the inner second side surface portion (may be a folding line between the inner front portion and the inner second side surface portion) and the side portion forming the front side end portion of the third standing portion (may be a folding line). It is substantially the same as the length (L80) along the direction of the third folding line with 88d), and is the second between the side portion forming the back end of the inner first side surface portion and the sixth folding line. The length (L71) along the direction of the folding line is the second between the side portion forming the rear end of the inner second side surface portion and the side portion (82 g) forming the front end of the protruding portion. 3 The length (L81) along the direction of the folding line may be substantially the same.

また、上記第8の構成において、分離部は、内側右側面部と内側左側面部に設けられ、回動片部は、外側右側面部と外側左側面部に設けられているものとしてもよい。つまり、「内側正面部と内側右側面部と内側左側面部と内側背面部の4つの内側面部における2つの内側面部において、内側面部の一部が分離部(24、34)として内箱面部における分離部以外の部分である内側面部本体部と切目線を介して分離可能に形成され、」を「内側スリーブ状部において、内側右側面部の一部が第1分離部(24)として内側右側面部における分離部以外の部分である内側右側面部本体部と切目線を介して分離可能に形成され、内側左側面部の一部が第2分離部(24)として内側左側面部における分離部以外の部分である内側左側面部本体部と切目線を介して分離可能に形成され、」としてもよく、また、「外側正面部と外側右側面部と外側左側面部と外側背面部の4つの外側面部において、内箱部における分離部が設けられた内側面部である分離部形成内側面部に対応した外側面部に分離部が接着され、外側面部における分離部が接着された領域を含む片部である回動片部(224、234)が分離部が接着された外側面部の他の部分に対して回動可能に形成され、」を「外側スリーブ状部において、外側右側面部に第1分離部が接着され、外側右側面部における第1分離部が接着された領域を含む片部である第1回動片部(224)が外側右側面部の他の部分に対して回動可能に形成され、外側左側面部に第2分離部が接着され、外側左側面部における第2分離部が接着された領域を含む片部である第2回動片部(234)が外側左側面部の他の部分に対して回動可能に形成され、」としてもよい。 Further, in the eighth configuration, the separating portion may be provided on the inner right side surface portion and the inner left side surface portion, and the rotating piece portion may be provided on the outer right side surface portion and the outer left side surface portion. That is, "in the two inner side surface portions of the four inner side surface portions of the inner front surface portion, the inner right surface portion, the inner left side surface portion, and the inner back surface portion, a part of the inner side surface portion serves as a separation portion (24, 34) and is a separation portion in the inner box surface portion. It is formed so that it can be separated from the main body of the inner side surface, which is a part other than the above, through the cut line. "In the inner sleeve-shaped part, a part of the inner right side surface is separated as the first separation part (24) on the inner right side surface. It is formed so as to be separable from the main body of the inner right side surface part, which is a part other than the part, through the cut line, and a part of the inner left side surface part is a part other than the separated part in the inner left side surface part as the second separation part (24). It may be "formed separately from the left side surface main body portion via the cut line", and "in the inner box portion in the four outer surface portions of the outer front portion, the outer right surface portion, the outer left side surface portion, and the outer back surface portion". Separation part formation which is an inner side surface portion provided with a separation part The separation part is adhered to the outer surface portion corresponding to the inner side surface portion, and the rotating piece portion (224, which is a part including the region where the separation portion is adhered on the outer surface portion is attached. 234) is rotatably formed with respect to the other portion of the outer surface portion to which the separation portion is adhered, and "in the outer sleeve-shaped portion, the first separation portion is adhered to the outer right surface portion and the outer right surface portion is formed. The first rotating piece portion (224), which is a part including the region to which the first separating portion is bonded, is rotatably formed with respect to the other portion of the outer right surface portion, and the second separating portion is formed on the outer left surface portion. The second rotating piece portion (234), which is a portion including the region to which the second separating portion on the outer left surface portion is adhered, is rotatably formed with respect to the other portion of the outer left surface portion. May be.

また、第9には、上記第8の構成において、第1起立部における第5折れ線とは反対側の辺部である第1傾斜辺部(74c)は、第5折れ線の方向に対して正面側から背面側に向けて上側となるように傾斜し、第3起立部における第9折れ線と反対側の辺部である第2傾斜辺部(88c)は、第9折れ線の方向に対して正面側から背面側に向けて上側となるように傾斜し、第2傾斜辺部は、包装箱の組立て状態において、第1傾斜辺部に沿った状態となり、傾斜部が第1起立部と第2起立部と第3起立部の少なくともいずれかに接して傾斜した状態では、第1傾斜辺部と第2傾斜辺部は、傾斜部の底面に沿った状態となることを特徴とする。 Ninth, in the eighth configuration, the first inclined side portion (74c), which is the side portion of the first standing portion opposite to the fifth folding line, is in front of the direction of the fifth folding line. The second inclined side portion (88c), which is inclined from the side toward the back side so as to be upward and is the side portion opposite to the ninth folding line in the third standing portion, is frontal with respect to the direction of the ninth folding line. It is inclined so as to be upward from the side to the back side, and the second inclined side portion is in a state along the first inclined side portion in the assembled state of the packaging box, and the inclined portions are the first standing portion and the second. When the first inclined side portion and the second inclined side portion are inclined in contact with at least one of the upright portion and the third upright portion, the first inclined side portion and the second inclined side portion are in a state along the bottom surface of the inclined portion.

よって、第1起立部に第1傾斜辺部が設けられ、第3起立部に第2傾斜辺部が設けられ、傾斜部が第1起立部と第2起立部と第3起立部の少なくともいずれかに接して傾斜した状態では、第1傾斜辺部と第2傾斜辺部は、傾斜部の底面に沿った状態となるので、傾斜部の傾斜状態を安定させることができる。 Therefore, the first inclined side portion is provided in the first standing portion, the second inclined side portion is provided in the third standing portion, and the inclined portion is at least one of the first standing portion, the second standing portion, and the third standing portion. In the state of being inclined in contact with the crab, the first inclined side portion and the second inclined side portion are in a state along the bottom surface of the inclined portion, so that the inclined state of the inclined portion can be stabilized.

また、第10には、上記第8又は第9の構成において、傾斜部の正面部側とは反対側の端部から第12折れ線(C71、C72、C73)を介して連設された傾斜部支持部(16)が設けられ、傾斜部支持部は、傾斜部が第1起立部と第2起立部と第3起立部の少なくともいずれかに接した状態で、内側背面部に接するとともに、傾斜部支持部は、傾斜部が第1起立部と第2起立部と第3起立部の少なくともいずれかに接した状態で、下方に伸びる脚部(18−1、18−2)を有することを特徴とする。 Further, in the tenth aspect, in the eighth or ninth configuration, the inclined portion is continuously provided from the end portion on the side opposite to the front portion side of the inclined portion via the twelfth polygonal line (C71, C72, C73). A support portion (16) is provided, and the inclined portion supporting portion is in contact with the inner back surface portion and is inclined in a state where the inclined portion is in contact with at least one of the first standing portion, the second standing portion, and the third standing portion. The portion support portion has legs (18-1, 18-2) extending downward with the inclined portion in contact with at least one of the first standing portion, the second standing portion, and the third standing portion. It is a feature.

よって、傾斜部は、傾斜部支持部によっても支持されるので、傾斜部の傾斜状態を保つことができ、特に、傾斜部における第1起立部〜第3起立部よりも背面側の領域が下方に撓むことがない。 Therefore, since the inclined portion is also supported by the inclined portion supporting portion, the inclined state of the inclined portion can be maintained, and in particular, the region on the back surface side of the inclined portion from the first standing portion to the third standing portion is downward. Does not bend.

また、第11には、上記第10の構成において、傾斜部支持部は、第12折れ線を介して連設された連結部(17)を有し、該脚部は連結部から連設され、傾斜部が第1起立部と第2起立部と第3起立部の少なくともいずれかに接した状態では、連結部が、内側背面部に接するとともに、傾斜部に対して上側に折曲した状態となり、第12折れ線は、同一直線上に位置する複数の折れ線から形成され、傾斜部と傾斜支持部とならなる領域を展開した状態において、第12折れ線を構成する該複数の折れ線における隣接する折れ線間に形成された切込みを介して脚部と傾斜部とが隣接していることを特徴とする。 In addition, eleventh, in the tenth configuration, the inclined portion supporting portion has a connecting portion (17) continuously provided via a twelfth polygonal line, and the leg portion is continuously provided from the connecting portion. When the inclined portion is in contact with at least one of the first standing portion, the second standing portion, and the third standing portion, the connecting portion is in contact with the inner back surface portion and is bent upward with respect to the inclined portion. , The twelfth polygonal line is formed from a plurality of polygonal lines located on the same straight line, and in a state where a region serving as an inclined portion and an inclined support portion is developed, between adjacent polygonal lines in the plurality of polygonal lines constituting the twelfth polygonal line. It is characterized in that the leg portion and the inclined portion are adjacent to each other through a notch formed in.

よって、連結部は傾斜部に対して上側に折曲した状態となるので、傾斜部に載置された商品が傾斜部の背面部側から落下するおそれがない。 Therefore, since the connecting portion is in a state of being bent upward with respect to the inclined portion, there is no possibility that the product placed on the inclined portion will fall from the back surface side of the inclined portion.

また、第11−1の構成として、上記第8から第11までのいずれかの構成において、内側スリーブ状部が、背面部から折れ線を介して連設され、左側面部又は右側面部の内側の面に接着された糊代部(49)を有し、傾斜部が第1起立部と第2起立部と第3起立部の少なくともいずれかに接した状態では、傾斜部は、糊代部の内側の面に接することを特徴とするものとしてもよい。よって、傾斜部が第1起立部と第2起立部と第3起立部の少なくともいずれかに接した状態では、傾斜部は、糊代部の内側の面に接するので、傾斜部が傾斜状態から上方に浮き上がるのを防止することができる。 Further, as the configuration of No. 11-1, in any of the above-mentioned eighth to eleventh configurations, the inner sleeve-shaped portion is continuously provided from the back surface portion via a polygonal line, and the left side surface portion or the inner surface of the right side surface portion is provided. When the inclined portion is in contact with at least one of the first standing portion, the second standing portion, and the third standing portion, the inclined portion is inside the glue margin portion. It may be characterized by being in contact with the surface of. Therefore, when the inclined portion is in contact with at least one of the first standing portion, the second standing portion, and the third standing portion, the inclined portion is in contact with the inner surface of the glue margin portion, so that the inclined portion is in contact with the inclined state. It is possible to prevent it from rising upward.

また、第12には、上記第8から第11までのいずれかの構成において、包装箱が折り畳まれた状態で、第1接着部と第2底面部本体部が切目線(78K)を介して連設され、包装箱が折り畳まれた状態から第1角度と第2角度を大きくすることにより第1接着部と第2底面部本体部間の該切目線が破断することを特徴とする。 In addition, in the twelfth configuration, in any of the eighth to eleventh configurations, the first adhesive portion and the second bottom surface portion main body portion are interposed through the cut line (78K) in a state where the packaging box is folded. It is characterized in that the cut line between the first adhesive portion and the second bottom surface portion main body portion is broken by increasing the first angle and the second angle from the state where the packaging box is continuously provided and folded.

よって、第1接着部と第2底面部本体部が切目線(78K)を介して連設されていることにより、第2底面部が平板状の状態に維持され、これにより、包装箱が扁平状に折り畳まれた状態が維持されるので、折り畳んだ状態の包装箱を保管・運搬する際に省スペースを図ることができる。 Therefore, since the first adhesive portion and the second bottom surface portion main body portion are continuously provided via the cut line (78K), the second bottom surface portion is maintained in a flat state, whereby the packaging box is flattened. Since the folded state is maintained, it is possible to save space when storing and transporting the folded state of the packaging box.

また、第13には、上記第8から第12までのいずれかの構成において、内側正面部には、傾斜部に載置された被収納物の視認又は取出しのための切欠部(K10)又は被収納物の視認又は取出しのための開口部が設けられ、分離部は、4つの内側面部における内側正面部以外の内側面部に形成されていることを特徴とする。 Further, in the thirteenth, in any of the eighth to twelfth configurations, the inner front portion has a notch (K10) or a notch (K10) for visually recognizing or taking out the stored object placed on the inclined portion. An opening is provided for visually recognizing or taking out the stored object, and the separating portion is formed on an inner side surface portion other than the inner front surface portion on the four inner side surface portions.

よって、箱体の正面部側を被収納物の陳列における正面側とすることにより、被収納物は正面側にスライドしやすくなり、被収納物を正面側から取り出しやすくすることができる。 Therefore, by setting the front side of the box body as the front side in the display of the stored object, the stored object can be easily slid to the front side, and the stored object can be easily taken out from the front side.

また、第14には、上記第8から第12までのいずれかの構成において、内側背面部には、傾斜部に載置された被収納物の視認又は取出しのための切欠部(K40)又は被収納物の視認又は取出しのための開口部が設けられ、分離部は、4つの内側面部における内側背面部以外の内側面部に形成されていることを特徴とする。 Further, in the fourteenth aspect, in any of the eighth to twelfth configurations, the inner back surface portion has a notch portion (K40) for visually recognizing or taking out the stored object placed on the inclined portion. An opening for visually recognizing or taking out the stored object is provided, and the separating portion is formed on the inner side surface portion other than the inner back surface portion on the four inner side surface portions.

よって、箱体の背面部側を被収納物の陳列における正面側とすることにより、陳列された被収納物の正面側が斜め上向きとなるので、被収納物の正面側の面を斜め上方から視認しやすくすることができる。 Therefore, by setting the back side of the box body as the front side in the display of the stored object, the front side of the displayed stored object faces diagonally upward, so that the front surface of the stored object can be visually recognized from diagonally above. Can be made easier.

また、第15には、包装箱であって、内箱部(A)と外箱部(B)とを有し、内箱部と外箱部が、それぞれシート状のブランクにより形成され、内箱部が、底面部(50)と内側スリーブ状部(5)と傾斜部(14)とを有し、内側スリーブ状部が、内側正面部(10)と、内側右側面部(20)と、内側左側面部(30)と、内側背面部(40)と、内側糊代部(49)とを有し、底面部が、内側正面部の下辺から第1折れ線(C21)を介して連設された第1底面部(60)と、内側右側面部と内側左側面部の一方である内側第1側面部の下辺から第2折れ線(C22)を介して連設された第2底面部(70)と、内側右側面部と内側左側面部の他方である内側第2側面部の下辺から第3折れ線(C20)を介して連設された第3底面部(80)と、内側背面部の下辺から第4折れ線(C23)を介して連設された第4底面部(90)とを有し、第2底面部は、内側第1側面部の下辺から連設された第2底面部本体部(72)と、第2底面部本体部から第2折れ線と平行な第5折れ線(C24)を介して連設された第1起立部(74)と、第1起立部の背面側に第5折れ線と直角の第6折れ線(C25)を介して連設された第2起立部(76)と、第2起立部の下辺から第6折れ線と直角の第7折れ線(C26)を介して連設され、第4底面部の底面に接着された第1接着部(78)とを有し、第2底面部本体部は、第5折れ線の正面側の端部から第5折れ線に対して略直角の辺部である係合用辺部(72e)を有し、第1接着部においては、第2底面部本体の底面側と同じ側の面が第4底面部に接着され、第3底面部は、内側第2側面部の下辺から連設された第3底面部本体部(82)と、第3底面部本体部の正面側から第2折れ線に対して略45度をなす第8折れ線(C27)を介して連設され、第1底面部に接着された第2接着部(86)と、第3底面部本体部から第3折れ線と平行な第9折れ線(C28、C29)を介して連設された第3起立部(88)とを有し、第3底面部本体部は、第9折れ線よりも第3折れ線とは反対側に突出した突状部(84)を有し、内側正面部が、内側右側面部及び内側左側面部から連設された内側前正面部(11)と、内側前正面部の上端から第10折れ線(C51、C52)を介して折り返されて内側前正面部の背面に接着された内側後正面部(12)とを有し、傾斜部が、内側後正面部の下端から第11折れ線(C6)を介して連設され、内側前正面部と内側右側面部と内側左側面部と内側背面部の4つの内側面部における2つの内側面部において、内側面部の一部が分離部(24、34)として内箱面部における分離部以外の部分である内側面部本体部と切目線を介して分離可能に形成され、内箱部の展開状態において、内側糊代部、内側背面部、内側第1側面部、内側正面部、内側第2側面部の順に連設され、外箱部が、内箱部の外側の面に沿って設けられた外側スリーブ状部で、内側正面部の外側の面に沿って形成された外側正面部(210)と、内側右側面部の外側の面に沿って形成された外側右側面部(220)と、内側左側面部の外側の面に沿って形成された外側左側面部(230)と、内側背面部の外側の面に沿って形成された外側背面部(240)と、外側糊代部(242)とを有し、外箱部を箱状に組み立てた状態では、外側正面部と外側右側面部と外側左側面部と外側背面部の4つの外側面部において、互いに隣接する外側面部が略直角をなす外側スリーブ状部(205)と、外側スリーブ状部の上端から折れ線を介して連設された蓋部と、を有し、4つの外側面部において、内箱部における分離部が設けられた内側面部である分離部形成内側面部に対応した外側面部に分離部が接着され、外側面部における分離部が接着された領域を含む片部である回動片部(224、234)が分離部が接着された外側面部の他の部分に対して回動可能に形成され、外箱部の展開状態において、外側背面部、外側右側面部と外側左側面部の一方で内側第1側面部の外側の面に沿って形成された外側第1側面部、外側正面部、外側右側面部と外側左側面部の他方で内側第2側面部の外側の面に沿って形成された外側第2側面部、外側糊代部の順に連設され、包装箱が折り畳まれた状態では、内側正面部と内側第2側面部間の角度である第1角度が内箱部の組立て状態における第1角度よりも小さく、内側背面部と内側第1側面部間の角度である第2角度が内箱部の組立て状態における第2角度よりも小さくなっており、包装箱が折り畳まれた状態から第1角度と第2角度を大きくしていくことにより、第1起立部が第2底面部本体部に対して折曲した状態になるとともに、第2起立部が第1接着部に対して折曲した状態となり、第3起立部が第1起立部に接することにより第3底面部本体部に対して折曲した状態となり、突状部が第1起立部と第2起立部間の角部(75)と係合するとともに、第3起立部の正面側の端部が係合用辺部と係合して包装箱が組立て状態となり、包装箱の組立て状態では、第1起立部と第3起立部が互いに対向した状態で接し、第2底面部本体部の一部は第1底面部の上側に位置し、第3底面部本体部の一部は第4底面部の上側に位置し、傾斜部が、傾斜部の底面が第1起立部と第2起立部と第3起立部の少なくともいずれかに接した状態では、側面構成部の下辺により囲まれる仮想平面に対して傾斜部の正面側が背面側よりも下側となるように傾斜した状態となり、回動片部を外側に回動させることにより分離部と内箱部側面部本体部間の切目線が切断されて分離部が回動片部に接着した状態で内箱部から分離することを特徴とする包装箱の製造方法であって、展開状態の外箱部に展開状態の内箱部を接着する第1接着工程であって、外側正面部に内側正面部を重ね、外側右側面部に内側右側面部を重ね、外側左側面部に内側左側面部を重ね、外側背面部に内側背面部を重ねた状態で、外箱部の回動片部と内箱部の分離部とを接着させる第1接着工程と、後正面部が前正面部に接着されるとともに、傾斜部が後正面部に対して第11折れ線を介して折り返した状態とする接着・折返し工程と、第2底面部が内側第1側面部に対して第2折れ線を介して折り返され、第4底面部が内側背面部に対して第4折れ線を介して折り返されているとともに、第1接着部と第4底面部における第1接着部が接着する領域のいずれかに接着剤を塗布した状態で、外側背面部を外側第1側面部に対して折り返して、第1接着部と第4底面部とを接着する第2接着工程と、第3底面部本体部が内側第2側面部に対して第3折れ線を介して折り返され、第2接着部が第3底面部本体部に対して第8折れ線を介して折り返され、第1底面部が内側正面部に対して第1折れ線を介して折り返されているとともに、第2接着部と第1底面部における第2接着部が接着する領域のいずれかと、内側糊代部と内側第2側面部における内側糊代部が接着する領域のいずれかと、外側糊代部と外側背面部における外側糊代部が接着する領域のいずれかに接着剤を塗布した状態で、外側第2側面部を外側正面部に対して折り返して、第2接着部と第1底面部を接着し、内側糊代部と内側第2側面部を接着し、外側糊代部と外側背面部を接着する第3接着工程と、を有することを特徴とする。 A fifteenth is a packaging box having an inner box portion (A) and an outer box portion (B), and the inner box portion and the outer box portion are each formed of a sheet-shaped blank, and the inner box portion and the outer box portion are formed of blanks. The box portion has a bottom surface portion (50), an inner sleeve-shaped portion (5), and an inclined portion (14), and the inner sleeve-shaped portion has an inner front surface portion (10) and an inner right surface portion (20). It has an inner left side surface portion (30), an inner back surface portion (40), and an inner glue margin portion (49), and a bottom surface portion is continuously provided from the lower side of the inner front surface portion via a first polygonal line (C21). The first bottom surface portion (60) and the second bottom surface portion (70) connected from the lower side of the inner first side surface portion, which is one of the inner right side surface portion and the inner left side surface portion, via the second polygonal line (C22). , The third bottom surface portion (80) connected from the lower side of the inner second side surface portion, which is the other side of the inner right side surface portion and the inner left side surface portion, via the third polygonal line (C20), and the fourth from the lower side of the inner back surface portion. It has a fourth bottom surface portion (90) connected via a polygonal line (C23), and the second bottom surface portion is a second bottom surface portion main body portion (72) connected from the lower side of the inner first side surface portion. The first standing portion (74) connected from the main body of the second bottom surface via the fifth folding line (C24) parallel to the second folding line, and the back side of the first standing portion at right angles to the fifth folding line. The second standing portion (76) connected via the sixth folding line (C25) of the above, and the seventh folding line (C26) connected from the lower side of the second standing portion through the seventh folding line (C26) perpendicular to the sixth folding line. 4 It has a first adhesive portion (78) bonded to the bottom surface of the bottom surface portion, and the second bottom surface portion main body portion is a side portion substantially perpendicular to the fifth polygonal line from the front end portion of the fifth polygonal line. In the first adhesive portion, the surface on the same side as the bottom surface side of the second bottom surface portion main body is adhered to the fourth bottom surface portion, and the third bottom surface portion is the inner second surface portion. 2 Via a third bottom surface portion main body (82) connected from the lower side of the side surface portion and an eighth folding line (C27) forming approximately 45 degrees from the front side of the third bottom surface portion main body with respect to the second folding line. The second adhesive portion (86) attached to the first bottom surface portion and the ninth folding line (C28, C29) parallel to the third folding line from the third bottom surface portion main body portion were continuously provided. The third bottom surface portion has a third standing portion (88), and the third bottom surface portion main body portion has a protruding portion (84) protruding from the ninth folding line to the opposite side of the third folding line, and the inner front portion has an inner front portion. The inner front front portion (11) connected from the inner right surface portion and the inner left surface portion, and the upper end of the inner front front portion are folded back via the tenth polygonal line (C51, C52) and adhered to the back surface of the inner front front portion. It has an inner rear front part (12) and an inclined part. It is connected from the lower end of the inner rear front portion via the eleventh folding line (C6), and in the two inner surface portions of the inner front front portion, the inner right surface portion, the inner left side surface portion, and the inner back surface portion, the inner side surface portion. A part of the inner box surface portion is formed as a separation portion (24, 34) so as to be separable from the inner side surface portion main body portion which is a portion other than the separation portion on the inner box surface portion via a cut line. The outer box portion is an outer sleeve-shaped portion provided along the outer surface of the inner box portion, which is continuously provided in the order of a portion, an inner back portion, an inner first side surface portion, an inner front portion, and an inner second side surface portion. , The outer front surface (210) formed along the outer surface of the inner front surface, the outer right surface portion (220) formed along the outer surface of the inner right surface portion, and the outer surface of the inner left surface portion. It has an outer left side surface portion (230) formed along the above, an outer back surface portion (240) formed along the outer surface of the inner back surface portion, and an outer glue margin portion (242), and has an outer box portion. In the state of being assembled in a box shape, the outer sleeve-shaped portion (205) in which the outer surface portions adjacent to each other are substantially perpendicular to each other in the four outer surface portions of the outer front portion, the outer right surface portion, the outer left surface portion, and the outer back surface portion. It has a lid portion that is continuously provided from the upper end of the outer sleeve-shaped portion via a folding line, and corresponds to a separation portion forming inner side surface portion that is an inner side surface portion provided with a separation portion in the inner box portion in the four outer surface portions. The separation part is adhered to the outer surface portion, and the rotating piece portion (224, 234), which is a part including the region where the separation portion is adhered on the outer surface portion, is attached to the other part of the outer surface portion to which the separation portion is adhered. The outer first side surface portion is rotatably formed and is formed along the outer surface of the inner first side surface portion while the outer back surface portion, the outer right side surface portion and the outer left side surface portion are formed in the unfolded state of the outer box portion. , The outer front part, the outer right side surface portion and the outer left side surface portion, the outer second side surface portion formed along the outer surface of the inner second side surface portion, and the outer glue margin portion are connected in this order, and the packaging box is folded. In the closed state, the first angle, which is the angle between the inner front surface portion and the inner second side surface portion, is smaller than the first angle in the assembled state of the inner box portion, and is the angle between the inner back surface portion and the inner first side surface portion. A certain second angle is smaller than the second angle in the assembled state of the inner box part, and the first standing part is increased by increasing the first angle and the second angle from the folded state of the packaging box. The second bottom surface portion is in a bent state with respect to the main body portion, the second standing portion is in a bent state with respect to the first adhesive portion, and the third standing portion is in contact with the first standing portion. Bottom body It is in a bent state with respect to the portion, the protruding portion engages with the corner portion (75) between the first standing portion and the second standing portion, and the front end of the third standing portion is the engaging side. The packaging box is in an assembled state by engaging with the portion, and in the assembled state of the packaging box, the first standing portion and the third standing portion are in contact with each other in a state of facing each other, and a part of the second bottom surface portion main body portion is the first bottom surface. It is located on the upper side of the portion, a part of the main body of the third bottom surface portion is located on the upper side of the fourth bottom surface portion, and the inclined portion has the bottom surface of the inclined portion as the first standing portion, the second standing portion, and the third standing portion. In the state of being in contact with at least one of the above, the front side of the inclined portion is inclined so as to be lower than the back side with respect to the virtual plane surrounded by the lower side of the side component portion, and the rotating piece portion is outward. Manufacture of a packaging box characterized in that the cut line between the separation portion and the side surface portion main body portion of the inner box portion is cut by rotation, and the separation portion is separated from the inner box portion in a state of being adhered to the rotating piece portion. It is a method, which is a first bonding step of adhering an inner box portion in an unfolded state to an outer box portion in an unfolded state. The first bonding step of bonding the rotating piece of the outer box and the separating part of the inner box with the inner left side of the left side and the inner back of the outer back, and the rear front. Is adhered to the front front portion, and the inclined portion is folded back to the rear front portion via the eleventh folding line. It is folded back through two fold lines, the fourth bottom surface portion is folded back via the fourth fold line with respect to the inner back surface portion, and the area where the first adhesive portion in the first adhesive portion and the fourth bottom surface portion adheres. The second bonding step of folding back the outer back surface portion with respect to the outer first side surface portion and adhering the first adhesive portion and the fourth bottom surface portion with the adhesive applied to either of them, and the third bottom surface portion main body. The portion is folded back to the inner second side surface portion via the third folding line, the second adhesive portion is folded back to the third bottom surface portion main body portion via the eighth folding line, and the first bottom surface portion is the inner front portion. In addition to being folded back via the first folding line, one of the regions where the second adhesive portion on the second adhesive portion and the first bottom surface portion adheres, and the inner glue on the inner glue margin portion and the inner second side surface portion. With the adhesive applied to either one of the areas where the margins adhere and the area where the outer glue margins adhere to the outer glue margin and the outer back surface, the outer second side surface is applied to the outer front surface. And fold back to bond the second adhesive part and the first bottom surface part, the inner glue margin part and the inner second side surface part, and the outer glue margin part. It is characterized by having a third bonding step of bonding the outer back surface portion and the outer back surface portion.

第15の構成によれば、製造された包装箱における内箱部の組立て状態では、第1起立部が第2底面部本体部に対して折曲した状態になり、第2起立部が第1接着部に対して折曲した状態となり、第3起立部が第3底面部本体部に対して折曲した状態となることにより、第1起立部と第2起立部と第3起立部が起立した状態となり、傾斜部は、第1起立部と第2起立部と第3起立部の少なくともいずれかに接して支持されるので、傾斜部が傾斜方向に長く形成されたり、重量の重い被収納物を載せた場合でも、傾斜部が下方に撓むことなく、被収納物の傾斜状態での陳列を行なうことができる。 According to the fifteenth configuration, in the assembled state of the inner box portion in the manufactured packaging box, the first standing portion is in a bent state with respect to the second bottom surface portion main body portion, and the second standing portion is the first. The first upright portion, the second upright portion, and the third upright portion stand up due to the state in which the third upright portion is bent with respect to the main body portion of the third bottom surface portion in a bent state with respect to the adhesive portion. Since the inclined portion is supported in contact with at least one of the first standing portion, the second standing portion, and the third standing portion, the inclined portion is formed long in the inclined direction, and the weight is heavy. Even when an object is placed on it, the items to be stored can be displayed in an inclined state without the inclined portion bending downward.

また、組み立てた状態の包装箱に上方から被収納物である商品を収納して、蓋部を閉じて封止するのみであるので、容易に商品の梱包作業を行うことができ、また、回動片部を外側に回動させて、分離部を内箱部から分離して外箱部を上方に引き上げるのみで陳列することができるので、商品の陳列作業を容易に行なうことができる。 In addition, since the product to be stored is stored in the assembled packaging box from above and the lid is closed and sealed, the product can be easily packed. Since the moving piece portion can be rotated outward, the separating portion can be separated from the inner box portion, and the outer box portion can be pulled upward, the product can be easily displayed.

また、外箱部と内箱部を重ねて接着した後に、前正面部と後正面部を接着した後に、底面部を構成する各部をスリーブ状部に対して折り返して、所定の領域に接着剤を塗布した後に、折り返す工程を2回行うことにより製造することができるので、包装箱の製造が容易となる。 Further, after the outer box portion and the inner box portion are overlapped and bonded, the front front portion and the rear front portion are bonded, and then each part constituting the bottom surface portion is folded back with respect to the sleeve-shaped portion, and an adhesive is applied to a predetermined area. Since it can be manufactured by performing the folding step twice after applying the above, the packaging box can be easily manufactured.

なお、上記第15の構成において、第2折れ線と第5折れ線間の長さ(L72)が第3折れ線と第9折れ線間の長さ(L82)と略同一に形成され、第1側面部の正面側の端部をなす辺部(正面部と第1側面部間の折れ線としてもよい)と係合用辺部との間の第2折れ線の方向に沿った長さ(L70)が、第2側面部の正面側の端部をなす辺部(正面部と第2側面部間の折れ線としてもよい)と第3起立部の正面側の端部をなす辺部(88d)との間の第3折れ線の方向に沿った長さ(L80)と略同一であり、第1側面部の背面側の端部をなす辺部と第6折れ線との間の第2折れ線の方向に沿った長さ(L71)が、第2側面部の背面側の端部をなす辺部と突状部の正面側の端部をなす辺部(82g)との間の第3折れ線の方向に沿った長さ(L81)とが略同一であるとしてもよい。 In the fifteenth configuration, the length between the second folding line and the fifth folding line (L72) is formed to be substantially the same as the length between the third folding line and the ninth folding line (L82), and the length of the first side surface portion is formed. The length (L70) along the direction of the second fold line between the side portion forming the front end portion (which may be a fold line between the front portion and the first side surface portion) and the engagement side portion is the second. The first side between the side portion forming the front end of the side surface portion (which may be a folding line between the front portion and the second side surface portion) and the side portion forming the front end portion of the third standing portion (88d). 3 The length along the direction of the fold line (L80) is substantially the same as the length along the direction of the second fold line between the side portion forming the back end of the first side surface portion and the sixth fold line. (L71) is the length along the direction of the third folding line between the side portion forming the rear end portion of the second side surface portion and the side portion (82 g) forming the front end portion of the protruding portion. (L81) may be substantially the same.

また、第16には、上記第15の構成において、接着・折返し工程と第2接着工程の間に、第1底面部を内側正面部に対して第1折れ線を介して折り返し、第2底面部を内側第1側面部に対して第2折れ線を介して折り返し、第3底面部を内側第2側面部に対して第3折れ線を介して折り返し、第4底面部を内側背面部に対して第4折れ線を介して折り返すとともに、第2接着部を第3底面部本体部に対して第8折れ線を介して折り返す折り返し工程と、第1接着部と第4底面部における第1接着部が接着する領域のいずれかに接着剤を塗布する接着剤塗布工程とを有し、第2接着工程と第3接着工程の間に、第2接着部と第1底面部における第2接着部が接着する領域のいずれかと、内側糊代部と内側第2側面部における内側糊代部が接着する領域のいずれかと、外側糊代部と外側背面部における外側糊代部が接着する領域のいずれかに接着剤を塗布する第2接着剤塗布工程とを有することを特徴とする。 16th, in the fifteenth configuration, the first bottom surface portion is folded back with respect to the inner front surface portion via the first folding line between the bonding / folding step and the second bonding step, and the second bottom surface portion is formed. Is folded back to the inner first side surface portion via the second folding line, the third bottom surface portion is folded back to the inner second side surface portion via the third folding line, and the fourth bottom surface portion is folded back to the inner back surface portion. A folding step of folding back the second adhesive portion to the main body of the third bottom surface portion via the eighth folded line, and the first adhesive portion of the first adhesive portion and the fourth bottom surface portion are adhered to each other. It has an adhesive application step of applying an adhesive to any of the regions, and a region where the second adhesive portion in the second adhesive portion and the first bottom surface portion adheres between the second adhesive step and the third adhesive step. Adhesive to either of the above, one of the areas where the inner glue margin portion adheres to the inner glue margin portion and the inner second side surface portion, and one of the regions where the outer glue margin portion adheres to the outer glue margin portion and the outer back surface portion. It is characterized by having a second adhesive coating step of coating.

また、第17の構成として、上記第15又は第16の構成において、内側後正面部の内側第2側面部側の辺部(12f)と内側前正面部と内側第2側面部間の折れ線の間の左右方向の長さ(L12f)が、内側後正面部の内側第1側面部側の辺部(12g)と内側前正面部と内側第1側面部間の折れ線の間の左右方向の長さ(L12g)よりも長く形成され、包装箱を立体状に組み立てるとともに、傾斜部が第1起立部と第2起立部と第3起立部の少なくともいずれかに接した状態で、傾斜部の内側第2側面部側の辺部(14a)が内側糊代部に接するように、傾斜部の内側第2側面部側の辺部(14a)が第11折れ線に対して鈍角となるように、該傾斜部の内側第2側面部側の辺部が、第11折れ線に対して傾斜していることを特徴とするものとしてもよい。 Further, as a seventeenth configuration, in the fifteenth or sixteenth configuration, a polygonal line between the inner second side surface side side portion (12f) of the inner rear front surface portion, the inner front front portion, and the inner second side surface portion. The length in the left-right direction (L12f) is the length in the left-right direction between the side portion (12 g) on the inner first side surface portion of the inner rear front portion and the polygonal line between the inner front front portion and the inner first side surface portion. It is formed longer than the (L12g), and the packaging box is assembled in a three-dimensional shape, and the inside of the inclined portion is in contact with at least one of the first standing portion, the second standing portion, and the third standing portion. The side portion (14a) on the side of the second side surface portion is in contact with the inner glue margin portion, and the side portion (14a) on the inner second side surface portion side of the inclined portion is blunt with respect to the eleventh polygonal line. The side portion on the inner second side surface portion side of the inclined portion may be characterized in that it is inclined with respect to the eleventh polygonal line.

また、第18の構成として、上記第15から第18までのいずれかの構成において、展開状態の内箱部において、第1接着部と第2底面部本体部が切目線(78K)を介して連設され、製造された包装箱が、折り畳まれた状態から第1角度と第2角度を大きくすることにより第1接着部と第2底面部本体部間の該切目線が破断することを特徴とするものとしてもよい。 Further, as the eighteenth configuration, in any of the above fifteenth to eighteenth configurations, in the inner box portion in the unfolded state, the first adhesive portion and the second bottom surface portion main body portion pass through the cut line (78K). The packaging boxes manufactured in series are characterized in that the cut line between the first adhesive portion and the second bottom surface portion main body portion is broken by increasing the first angle and the second angle from the folded state. It may be assumed that.

本発明に基づく箱体、包装箱及び包装箱の製造方法によれば、箱体(包装箱)の組立て状態では、第1起立部が第2底面部本体部に対して折曲した状態になり、第2起立部が第1接着部に対して折曲した状態となり、第3起立部が第3底面部本体部に対して折曲した状態となることにより、第1起立部と第2起立部と第3起立部が起立した状態となり、傾斜部は、第1起立部と第2起立部と第3起立部の少なくともいずれかに接して支持されるので、傾斜部が傾斜方向に長く形成されたり、重量の重い被収納物を載せた場合でも、傾斜部が下方に撓むことなく、被収納物の傾斜状態での陳列を行なうことができる。 According to the box body, the packaging box, and the method for manufacturing the packaging box based on the present invention, in the assembled state of the box body (packaging box), the first standing portion is in a bent state with respect to the second bottom surface portion main body portion. , The second standing portion is bent with respect to the first adhesive portion, and the third standing portion is bent with respect to the main body portion of the third bottom surface portion, whereby the first standing portion and the second standing portion are bent. The portion and the third upright portion are in an upright state, and the inclined portion is supported in contact with at least one of the first upright portion, the second upright portion, and the third upright portion, so that the inclined portion is formed long in the inclined direction. Even when a heavy object to be stored is placed on the package, the object to be stored can be displayed in an inclined state without the inclined portion bending downward.

包装箱の前方斜視図である(実施例1、実施例2)。It is a front perspective view of a packaging box (Example 1, Example 2). 包装箱の後方斜視図である(実施例1、実施例2)。It is a rear perspective view of a packaging box (Example 1, Example 2). 包装箱の底面図である(実施例1、実施例2)。It is a bottom view of the packaging box (Example 1, Example 2). 包装箱の内箱部の構成を示す前方斜視図である(実施例1)。It is a front perspective view which shows the structure of the inner box part of a packaging box (Example 1). 包装箱の内箱部の構成を示す後方斜視図である(実施例1)。It is a rear perspective view which shows the structure of the inner box part of a packaging box (Example 1). 包装箱における内箱部の展開図である(実施例1)。It is a development view of the inner box part in a packaging box (Example 1). 図6の要部拡大図である。It is an enlarged view of the main part of FIG. 図6の要部拡大図である。It is an enlarged view of the main part of FIG. 包装箱における外箱部の展開図である(実施例1、実施例2)。It is a development view of the outer box part in a packaging box (Example 1, Example 2). 包装箱の製造工程を示す説明図である(実施例1)。It is explanatory drawing which shows the manufacturing process of a packaging box (Example 1). 包装箱の製造工程を示す説明図である(実施例1)。It is explanatory drawing which shows the manufacturing process of a packaging box (Example 1). 包装箱の製造工程を示す説明図である(実施例1)。It is explanatory drawing which shows the manufacturing process of a packaging box (Example 1). 包装箱の製造工程を示す説明図である(実施例1)。It is explanatory drawing which shows the manufacturing process of a packaging box (Example 1). 包装箱の製造工程を示す説明図である(実施例1)。It is explanatory drawing which shows the manufacturing process of a packaging box (Example 1). 内箱部が組み立てられる途中の状態を示す平面図である。It is a top view which shows the state in the process of assembling the inner box part. 内箱部が組み立てられた状態を示す平面図である。It is a top view which shows the state which the inner box part was assembled. 内箱部が組み立てられた状態を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows the state which the inner box part was assembled. 包装箱の使用状態を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the use state of a packaging box. 包装箱の使用状態を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the use state of a packaging box. 包装箱の使用状態を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the use state of a packaging box. 包装箱の使用状態を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the use state of a packaging box. 包装箱における内箱部の展開図である(実施例2)。It is a development view of the inner box part in a packaging box (Example 2). 包装箱の内箱部の構成を示す前方斜視図である(実施例2)。It is a front perspective view which shows the structure of the inner box part of a packaging box (Example 2). 包装箱の内箱部の構成を示す後方斜視図である(実施例2)。It is a rear perspective view which shows the structure of the inner box part of a packaging box (Example 2).

本発明においては、商品の載置面を傾斜させることができる箱体において、該載置面が傾斜方向に長く形成されたり、重量の重い商品を載せた場合でも、載置面が下方に撓むことなく、商品の傾斜状態での陳列を行なうことができる箱体を提供するという目的を以下のようにして実現した。 In the present invention, in a box body in which the mounting surface of a product can be tilted, the mounting surface is flexed downward even when the mounting surface is formed long in the tilting direction or a heavy product is placed. The purpose of providing a box body capable of displaying products in an inclined state was realized as follows.

本発明に基づく実施例1の包装箱Pは、図1〜図9等に示すように構成され、内箱部Aと、外箱部Bとを有していて、内箱部Aと外箱部Bのそれぞれが1枚のシート状のブランク(具体的には段ボール(特に、両面段ボール)であり、厚紙等でもよい)により形成されている。なお、両面段ボールにおける中芯の段の方向は、図6、図9に示す円内に示す方向(スリーブ状部5、205の下辺に対して直角の方向)である。 The packaging box P of the first embodiment based on the present invention is configured as shown in FIGS. 1 to 9, and has an inner box portion A and an outer box portion B, and has an inner box portion A and an outer box. Each part B is formed of a single sheet-shaped blank (specifically, corrugated cardboard (particularly, double-sided corrugated cardboard), which may be thick paper or the like). The direction of the core step in the double-sided corrugated cardboard is the direction shown in the circle shown in FIGS. 6 and 9 (the direction perpendicular to the lower side of the sleeve-shaped portions 5 and 205).

内箱部(箱体)Aは、全体に上部が開口した容器状を呈し、図4〜図8等に示すように、スリーブ状部(内側スリーブ状部、側面構成部)5と、傾斜部14と、支持部16と、底面部50とを有している。スリーブ状部5は、内箱部Aを箱状に組み立てた状態(内箱部Aの組立て状態)では、底面部50の周囲から立設して形成され、正面部(内側正面部)10と、側面部(右側面部、内側右側面部、第1側面部、内側第1側面部)20と、側面部(左側面部、内側左側面部、第2側面部、第2内側側面部)30と、背面部(内側背面部)40と、糊代部(内側糊代部)49とを有していて、その展開状態は、図6に示すように形成されている。 The inner box portion (box body) A has a container shape with an open upper portion as a whole, and as shown in FIGS. 4 to 8, the sleeve-shaped portion (inner sleeve-shaped portion, side component portion) 5 and the inclined portion. It has 14, a support portion 16, and a bottom surface portion 50. The sleeve-shaped portion 5 is formed upright from the periphery of the bottom surface portion 50 in a state in which the inner box portion A is assembled in a box shape (in the assembled state of the inner box portion A), and is formed with the front portion (inner front portion) 10. , Side surface (right side, inner right side, first side surface, inner first side surface) 20 and side surface (left side, inner left side, second side surface, second inner side surface) 30 and back It has a portion (inner back surface portion) 40 and a glue margin portion (inner glue margin portion) 49, and the developed state thereof is formed as shown in FIG.

ここで、正面部10は、全体に方形状の上側に切欠部K10を設けた凹状を呈し、前正面部11と前正面部11の背面側に接着された後正面部12とを有している。この切欠部K10は、内箱部Aに収納された被収納物を内箱部Aの正面側から視認したり、内箱部Aの正面側から商品を取り出す際に用いられる。 Here, the front surface portion 10 has a concave shape in which a notch portion K10 is provided on the upper side of the rectangular shape as a whole, and has a front front surface portion 11 and a rear front surface portion 12 adhered to the back surface side of the front front surface portion 11. There is. The cutout portion K10 is used when the object to be stored in the inner box portion A is visually recognized from the front side of the inner box portion A, or when the product is taken out from the front side of the inner box portion A.

なお、切欠部K10の代わりに開口部としてもよい。つまり、スリーブ状部5の上下方向の高さを図示する構成よりも高くして、正面部10に開口部を形成し、該開口部から被収納物を視認したり、被収納物を取り出すことができるようにしてもよい。切欠部K10の代わりに開口部を形成する場合には、前正面部11と後正面部12にそれぞれ開口部を形成して、前正面部11と後正面部12とを接着した状態で2つの開口部が重なって1つの開口部が設けられる。 An opening may be used instead of the notch K10. That is, the height of the sleeve-shaped portion 5 in the vertical direction is made higher than the illustrated configuration to form an opening in the front portion 10, and the stored object can be visually recognized or taken out from the opening. May be possible. When forming an opening instead of the notch K10, two openings are formed in the front front portion 11 and the rear front portion 12, respectively, and the front front portion 11 and the rear front portion 12 are adhered to each other. The openings overlap to provide one opening.

前正面部11は、方形状(具体的には、横長長方形状)の上側に切欠部K11を設けた凹状を呈し、切欠部K11は、後正面部12との間の折れ線C51の右側面側の端部から連設された直線状の辺部11aと、辺部11aの下端から連設され略円弧状を呈する辺部11bと、辺部11bの辺部11aと反対側の端部から連設された直線状の辺部11cと、辺部11cの右側面側の端部から連設され略円弧状を呈する辺部11dと、辺部11dの辺部11cと反対側の端部から連設され後正面部12との間の折れ線C52の左側面側の端部まで形成された直線状を呈する辺部11eとから構成されている。辺部11aは、下方に行くほど右側面側となるように傾斜し、辺部11eは、下方に行くほど左側面側となるように傾斜し、辺部11aと辺部11eはテーパ状を呈している。辺部11cは、前正面部11の下辺と平行に形成されている。 The front front portion 11 has a concave shape in which a notch portion K11 is provided on the upper side of a square shape (specifically, a horizontally long rectangular shape), and the notch portion K11 is on the right side surface side of the folding line C51 between the front front portion 12 and the rear front portion 12. A straight side portion 11a connected from the end of the side portion 11a, a side portion 11b connected from the lower end of the side portion 11a and forming a substantially arc shape, and a side portion 11b connected from the end portion on the opposite side to the side portion 11a. The linear side portion 11c provided, the side portion 11d connected from the end portion on the right side surface side of the side portion 11c and forming a substantially arc shape, and the side portion 11d connected from the end portion on the opposite side to the side portion 11c of the side portion 11d. It is composed of a linear side portion 11e formed up to the end portion on the left side surface side of the folding line C52 between the rear front portion 12 and the rear portion 12. The side portion 11a is inclined so as to be on the right side as it goes downward, the side portion 11e is inclined so as to be on the left side as it goes downward, and the side portion 11a and the side portion 11e are tapered. ing. The side portion 11c is formed parallel to the lower side of the front front portion 11.

なお、折れ線C51、C52は、前正面部11の下辺(前底面部60との間の折れ線C21に沿った辺部)と平行であり、前正面部11の左辺(側面部30との間の折れ線C1に沿った辺部)と前正面部11の右辺(側面部20との間の折れ線C2に沿った辺部)は平行となっている。 The polygonal lines C51 and C52 are parallel to the lower side of the front front portion 11 (the side portion along the folding line C21 between the front bottom portion 60 and the front bottom portion 60), and the left side of the front front portion 11 (between the side surface portion 30). The side portion along the polygonal line C1) and the right side of the front front portion 11 (the side portion along the polygonal line C2 between the side surface portion 20) are parallel.

また、後正面部12は、前正面部11の上辺から折れ線(第10折れ線)C51、C52を介して連設され、折れ線C51、C52を介して折り返した状態で前正面部11の背面に接着されている。後正面部12は、方形状(具体的には、横長長方形状)の上側に切欠部K12を設けた凹状を呈し、切欠部K12は切欠部K11と同大同形状を呈し(内箱部Aの展開状態では、切欠部K12は折れ線C51、C52に沿った中心線を介して切欠部K11と線対称に形成されている)、折れ線C51の右側面側の端部から連設された直線状の辺部12aと、辺部12aの下端から連設され略円弧状を呈する辺部12bと、辺部12bの辺部12aと反対側の端部から連設された直線状の辺部12cと、辺部12cの右側面側の端部から連設され略円弧状を呈する辺部12dと、辺部12dの辺部12cと反対側の端部から連設され折れ線C52の左側面側の端部まで形成された直線状を呈する辺部12eとから構成されている。 Further, the rear front surface portion 12 is continuously provided from the upper side of the front front surface portion 11 via the polygonal lines (10th polygonal line) C51 and C52, and is adhered to the back surface of the front front surface portion 11 in a state of being folded back via the polygonal lines C51 and C52. Has been done. The rear front surface portion 12 has a concave shape in which a notch portion K12 is provided on the upper side of a square shape (specifically, a horizontally long rectangular shape), and the notch portion K12 has the same shape as the notch portion K11 (inner box portion A). In the unfolded state, the notch K12 is formed line-symmetrically with the notch K11 via the center line along the fold lines C51 and C52), and is linearly connected from the right end of the fold line C51. A side portion 12a, a side portion 12b connected from the lower end of the side portion 12a to form a substantially arc shape, and a linear side portion 12c connected from the end portion of the side portion 12b opposite to the side portion 12a. The side portion 12d which is continuously connected from the end portion on the right side surface side of the side portion 12c and has a substantially arc shape, and the end portion on the left side surface side of the folding line C52 which is continuously connected from the end portion on the side opposite to the side portion 12c of the side portion 12d. It is composed of a side portion 12e having a linear shape formed up to.

後正面部12の左側面側の辺部12fは、折れ線C51の左側面側の端部から折れ線C51に対して直角に形成され、該辺部12fは、折れ線C1よりも右側面側に位置している。また、後正面部12の右側面側の辺部12gは、折れ線C52の右側面側の端部から折れ線C52に対して直角に形成され、該辺部12gは、折れ線C2よりも左側面側に位置している。 The side portion 12f on the left side surface side of the rear front surface portion 12 is formed at a right angle to the polygonal line C51 from the end portion on the left side surface side of the polygonal line C51, and the side portion 12f is located on the right side surface side of the polygonal line C1. ing. Further, the side portion 12g on the right side surface side of the rear front surface portion 12 is formed at a right angle to the polygonal line C52 from the end portion on the right side surface side of the polygonal line C52, and the side portion 12g is on the left side surface side of the polygonal line C2. positioned.

なお、傾斜部14の左側面側の辺部14aが傾斜している関係で、折れ線C1と辺部12f間の左右方向の長さL12fは、折れ線C2と辺部12g間の左右方向の長さL12gよりも長く形成されている。長さL12fが長さL12gよりも長く形成されているのは、包装箱Pの製造に際して、側面部30を正面部10側に折り返す際に傾斜部14が邪魔になるのを防止するためである。また、後正面部12の上辺(折れ線C51、C52に沿った辺部)と後正面部12の下辺(折れ線C6に沿った辺部)は互いに平行となっている。 Since the side portion 14a on the left side surface side of the inclined portion 14 is inclined, the length L12f in the left-right direction between the bent line C1 and the side portion 12f is the length in the left-right direction between the bent line C2 and the side portion 12g. It is formed longer than L12g. The length L12f is formed longer than the length L12g in order to prevent the inclined portion 14 from becoming an obstacle when the side surface portion 30 is folded back to the front portion 10 side in the manufacturing of the packaging box P. .. Further, the upper side of the rear front surface portion 12 (side portion along the polygonal lines C51 and C52) and the lower side of the rear front surface portion 12 (side portion along the polygonal line C6) are parallel to each other.

また、側面部20は、前正面部11の右側面側の端部から折れ線C2を介して連設され、方形状における上側に台形形状を連設した形状を呈し、図6に示すように、側面部20の上辺は、前正面部11の上辺から連続して水平方向に形成された(つまり、側面部20の下辺と平行に形成された)直線状の辺部20aと、辺部20aの背面側の端部から連設され、背面側に向けて上方に傾斜して形成された直線状の辺部20bと、辺部20bの上端から連設され側面部20の下辺と平行に形成された辺部20cと、辺部20cの背面側の端部から連設され背面側に向けて下方に傾斜して形成された直線状の辺部20dと、辺部20dの下端から連設され、側面部20の下辺と平行に形成された辺部20eとを有し、辺部20aと辺部20eは同一直線上に形成されている。この側面部20は、本体部(内側右側面部本体部)22と、分離部(第1分離部)24とを有している。 Further, the side surface portion 20 is continuously provided from the end portion on the right side surface side of the front front portion 11 via the folding line C2, and exhibits a shape in which a trapezoidal shape is continuously provided on the upper side in the square shape, as shown in FIG. The upper side of the side surface portion 20 is a linear side portion 20a formed continuously in the horizontal direction from the upper side of the front front surface portion 11 (that is, formed parallel to the lower side of the side surface portion 20) and the side portion 20a. A linear side portion 20b formed continuously from the end portion on the back surface side and inclined upward toward the back surface side, and a linear side portion 20b connected from the upper end of the side portion 20b and formed parallel to the lower side portion of the side surface portion 20. The side portion 20c, the linear side portion 20d formed by being connected from the end portion on the back surface side of the side portion 20c and inclined downward toward the back surface side, and the linear side portion 20d formed from the lower end portion of the side portion 20d are continuously provided. It has a side portion 20e formed parallel to the lower side of the side surface portion 20, and the side portion 20a and the side portion 20e are formed on the same straight line. The side surface portion 20 has a main body portion (inner right side surface portion main body portion) 22 and a separation portion (first separation portion) 24.

また、分離部24は、側面部20に形成された切目線(第1切目線)24aと開口部24bにより区画された領域であり、切目線24aは、横方向に間隔を介して設けられた円弧状の切目線24a−1、24a−2(切目線24a−1と切目線24a−2とは互いに左右対称に形成されている)と、切目線24a−1の下端と24a−2の下端を結ぶ横方向(側面部20の下辺と平行な方向)の直線状の切目線24a−3とを有し、開口部24bは、横長の長方形状を呈し、開口部24bにおける一対の下側の角部のうちの正面側の角部と切目線24a−2が接続し、開口部24bにおける一対の下側の角部のうちの背面側の角部と切目線24a−1が接続している。切目線24aと開口部24bにより囲まれた領域が分離部24となる。本体部22は、側面部20において分離部24を除いた領域である。つまり、側面部20の一部である分離部24が本体部22と切目線24aを介して分離可能となっている。分離部24は、側面部20における横方向の略中央で上下方向における中央やや下側の位置に形成されている。切目線24a−1、24a−2は、ミシン目状の切目線(間隔をおきながら連続して形成された複数の切込みにより形成された切目線)であり、切目線24a−3は、連続した切込みからなる切目線である。つまり、切目線24aは、全体として、切断予定線である。 Further, the separation portion 24 is an area partitioned by a cut line (first cut line) 24a formed on the side surface portion 20 and an opening 24b, and the cut line 24a is provided in the lateral direction with an interval. The arcuate cut lines 24a-1 and 24a-2 (the cut lines 24a-1 and the cut lines 24a-2 are formed symmetrically with each other), the lower end of the cut lines 24a-1 and the lower end of 24a-2. It has a linear cut line 24a-3 in a lateral direction (a direction parallel to the lower side of the side surface portion 20), and the opening 24b has a horizontally long rectangular shape, and a pair of lower sides of the opening 24b. The front corner of the corner is connected to the cut line 24a-2, and the back corner of the pair of lower corners of the opening 24b is connected to the cut line 24a-1. .. The region surrounded by the cut line 24a and the opening 24b is the separation portion 24. The main body portion 22 is a region of the side surface portion 20 excluding the separation portion 24. That is, the separating portion 24, which is a part of the side surface portion 20, can be separated from the main body portion 22 via the cut line 24a. The separating portion 24 is formed at a position slightly lower than the center in the vertical direction at a substantially center in the lateral direction on the side surface portion 20. The cut lines 24a-1 and 24a-2 are perforated cut lines (cut lines formed by a plurality of cuts formed continuously at intervals), and the cut lines 24a-3 are continuous. It is a cut line consisting of cuts. That is, the cut line 24a is a planned cutting line as a whole.

この分離部24の形成位置は、外箱部Bの片部224の裏側の領域であり、分離部24は片部224の裏側に接着され、片部224の上端を外側かつ下方に回動させることにより、分離部24も片部224の裏側に接着したまま切目線24aが切断されて、分離部24が本体部22から分離するように形成されている。分離部24は、片部224よりも小さく形成されていて、側面視において、分離部24の外形が片部224の外形よりもはみ出すことがない。 The forming position of the separating portion 24 is a region on the back side of the piece 224 of the outer box portion B, and the separating portion 24 is adhered to the back side of the piece 224 to rotate the upper end of the piece 224 outward and downward. As a result, the cut line 24a is cut while the separating portion 24 is also adhered to the back side of the one portion 224, and the separating portion 24 is formed so as to be separated from the main body portion 22. The separating portion 24 is formed smaller than the one piece 224, and the outer shape of the separating portion 24 does not protrude from the outer shape of the one piece 224 in a side view.

また、開口部24bは、外箱部Bにおける片部226を押し込むことができるための空間として形成されていて、片部226を押し込む際の支障とならないように、開口部24bは、片部226よりも大きく形成され、側面視において、片部226が開口部24bよりはみ出すことがない。 Further, the opening 24b is formed as a space for pushing the piece 226 in the outer box part B, and the opening 24b is formed as a space for pushing the piece 226 so as not to hinder the pushing of the piece 226. The piece 226 does not protrude from the opening 24b when viewed from the side.

また、側面部30は、前正面部11の左側面側の端部から折れ線C1を介して連設され、方形状における上側に台形形状を連設した形状を呈している。この側面部30は、本体部(内側左側面部本体部)32と、分離部(第2分離部)34とを有している。 Further, the side surface portion 30 is continuously provided from the end portion on the left side surface side of the front front portion 11 via the polygonal line C1, and has a shape in which a trapezoidal shape is continuously provided on the upper side in the rectangular shape. The side surface portion 30 has a main body portion (inner left side surface portion main body portion) 32 and a separation portion (second separation portion) 34.

この側面部30の構成は、内箱部Aの組立て状態では、側面部20と前後方向に垂直な仮想的な平面である中心面を介して対称に形成されている。側面部30の上辺における背面側の端部は、背面部40の上辺と同じ高さとなっている。 The structure of the side surface portion 30 is formed symmetrically with respect to the side surface portion 20 via a central surface which is a virtual plane perpendicular to the front-rear direction in the assembled state of the inner box portion A. The end portion on the back side of the upper side of the side surface portion 30 has the same height as the upper side of the back surface portion 40.

すなわち、分離部34は、切目線(第2切目線)34aと開口部34bとにより区画された領域であり、切目線34aは、横方向に間隔を介して設けられた円弧状の切目線34a−1、34a−2と、切目線34a−1の下端と34a−2の下端を結ぶ横方向(側面部30の下辺と平行な方向)の直線状の切目線34a−3とを有し、開口部34bは、横長の長方形状を呈し、開口部34bにおける一対の下側の角部のうちの正面側の角部と切目線34a−2が接続し、開口部34bにおける一対の下側の角部のうちの背面側の角部と切目線34a−1が接続している。切目線34aと開口部34bにより囲まれた領域が分離部34となる。本体部32は、側面部30において分離部34を除いた領域である。つまり、側面部30の一部である分離部34が本体部32と切目線34aを介して分離可能となっている。分離部34は、側面部30における横方向の略中央で上下方向における中央やや下側の位置に形成されている。切目線34a−1、34a−2は、ミシン目状の切目線(間隔をおきながら連続して形成された複数の切込みにより形成された切目線)であり、切目線34a−3は、連続した切込みからなる切目線である。つまり、切目線34aは、全体として、切断予定線である。 That is, the separation portion 34 is a region partitioned by the cut line (second cut line) 34a and the opening 34b, and the cut line 34a is an arc-shaped cut line 34a provided with a gap in the lateral direction. It has -1, 34a-2 and a linear cut line 34a-3 in the lateral direction (direction parallel to the lower side of the side surface portion 30) connecting the lower end of the cut line 34a-1 and the lower end of 34a-2. The opening 34b has a horizontally long rectangular shape, and the front corner of the pair of lower corners in the opening 34b is connected to the cut line 34a-2, and the pair of lower corners in the opening 34b is connected. The cut line 34a-1 is connected to the back corner of the corner. The area surrounded by the cut line 34a and the opening 34b is the separation portion 34. The main body portion 32 is a region of the side surface portion 30 excluding the separation portion 34. That is, the separating portion 34, which is a part of the side surface portion 30, can be separated from the main body portion 32 via the cut line 34a. The separation portion 34 is formed at a position slightly lower than the center in the vertical direction at substantially the center of the side surface portion 30 in the horizontal direction. The cut lines 34a-1 and 34a-2 are perforated cut lines (cut lines formed by a plurality of cuts formed continuously at intervals), and the cut lines 34a-3 are continuous. It is a cut line consisting of cuts. That is, the cut line 34a is a planned cutting line as a whole.

この分離部34の形成位置は、外箱部Bの片部234の裏側の領域であり、分離部34は片部234の裏側に接着され、片部234の上端を外側かつ下方に回動させることにより、分離部34も片部234の裏側に接着したまま切目線34aが切断されて、分離部34が本体部32から分離するように形成されている。分離部34は、片部234よりも小さく形成されていて、側面視において、分離部34の外形が片部234の外形よりもはみ出すことがない。 The forming position of the separation portion 34 is a region on the back side of the piece portion 234 of the outer box portion B, and the separation portion 34 is adhered to the back side of the piece portion 234 to rotate the upper end of the piece portion 234 outward and downward. As a result, the cut line 34a is cut while the separating portion 34 is also adhered to the back side of the piece portion 234, and the separating portion 34 is formed so as to be separated from the main body portion 32. The separating portion 34 is formed smaller than the one piece 234, and the outer shape of the separating portion 34 does not protrude from the outer shape of the one piece 234 in a side view.

また、開口部34bは、外箱部Bにおける片部236を押し込むことができるための空間として形成されていて、片部236を押し込む際の支障とならないように、開口部34bは、片部236よりも大きく形成され、側面視において、片部236が開口部34bよりはみ出すことがない。 Further, the opening 34b is formed as a space for pushing the piece 236 in the outer box part B, and the opening 34b is formed as a space for pushing the piece 236 so as not to hinder the pushing of the piece 236. The piece 236 does not protrude from the opening 34b when viewed from the side.

また、背面部40は、側面部20の背面側の端部から折れ線C3を介して連設され、全体には方形状を呈している。この背面部40の横幅は、正面部10の横幅と同一に形成され、背面部40の縦幅は、前正面部11の縦幅(最大縦幅)(折れ線C51、C52と折れ線C21間の長さ)と同一に形成されている。 Further, the back surface portion 40 is continuously provided from the end portion on the back surface side of the side surface portion 20 via the polygonal line C3, and has a rectangular shape as a whole. The width of the back surface portion 40 is formed to be the same as the width width of the front surface portion 10, and the vertical width of the back surface portion 40 is the vertical width (maximum vertical width) of the front front portion 11 (the length between the polygonal lines C51 and C52 and the polygonal line C21). It is formed in the same way as).

なお、内箱部Aの展開状態において、折れ線C1と折れ線C2と折れ線C3と折れ線C4は互いに平行となっている。また、前正面部11と側面部20、30と背面部40が、内側面部に当たる。 In the unfolded state of the inner box portion A, the polygonal line C1, the polygonal line C2, the polygonal line C3, and the polygonal line C4 are parallel to each other. Further, the front front portion 11, the side surface portions 20, 30 and the back surface portion 40 correspond to the inner side surface portion.

また、糊代部49は、背面部40の左側面側の端部から折れ線C4を介して連設され、縦方向に細長の帯状台形形状を呈している。この糊代部49は、その外側の面が側面部30の背面側の端部領域の内側の面に接着されている。 Further, the glue margin portion 49 is continuously provided from the end portion on the left side surface side of the back surface portion 40 via the polygonal line C4, and has an elongated strip-shaped trapezoidal shape in the vertical direction. The outer surface of the glue margin portion 49 is adhered to the inner surface of the end region on the back surface side of the side surface portion 30.

また、傾斜部(内底部としてもよい)14は、後正面部12の下辺(折れ線C51、C52とは反対側の辺部)から折れ線(第11折れ線)C6を介して連設され、略方形状における先端側に脚部18−1、18−2のための切欠部を有する形状を呈している。 Further, the inclined portion (which may be the inner bottom portion) 14 is continuously provided from the lower side (the side portion opposite to the folding lines C51 and C52) of the rear front portion 12 via the folding line (11th folding line) C6, and is abbreviated. The shape has a notch for the legs 18-1 and 18-2 on the tip side.

すなわち、傾斜部14は、図8に示すように、折れ線C6の左側面側の端部と辺部12fの端部から連設された左側面側の辺部14aと、折れ線C6の右側面側の端部と辺部12gの端部から連設された右側面側の辺部14bと、折れ線C6に沿った辺部と反対側の辺部(折れ線C71に沿った辺部と折れ線C72に沿った辺部と折れ線C73に沿った辺部)と、折れ線C71と折れ線C72間の略コ字状の辺部14c(内箱部Aの展開状態で脚部18−1の辺部18−1a〜18−1eに沿った辺部)と、折れ線C72と折れ線C73間の略コ字状の辺部14d(内箱部Aの展開状態で脚部18−2の辺部18−2a〜18−2eに沿った辺部)とを有している。辺部14cと辺部14dに沿って切込みK14c、K14dが形成され、脚部18−1と傾斜部14は切込みK14cを介して隣接し、脚部18−2と傾斜部14は切込みK14dを介して隣接している。切込みK14cは、折れ線C71、C72、C73における隣接する折れ線C71と折れ線C72間に形成され、切込みK14dは、折れ線C71、C72、C73における隣接する折れ線C72と折れ線C73間に形成されている。 That is, as shown in FIG. 8, the inclined portion 14 has a side portion 14a on the left side surface side connected from the end portion on the left side surface side of the folding line C6 and the end portion of the side portion 12f, and the right side surface side of the folding line C6. The side portion 14b on the right side surface side connected from the end portion and the end portion of the side portion 12g, and the side portion on the opposite side to the side portion along the folding line C6 (the side portion along the folding line C71 and the side portion along the folding line C72). Sides along the side and the fold line C73) and the substantially U-shaped side 14c between the fold line C71 and the fold line C72 (the side 18-1a of the leg 18-1 in the unfolded state of the inner box A). The side portion along 18-1e) and the substantially U-shaped side portion 14d between the folding line C72 and the folding line C73 (the side portions 18-2a to 18-2e of the leg portion 18-2 in the expanded state of the inner box portion A). It has a side along the line). Notches K14c and K14d are formed along the sides 14c and 14d, the legs 18-1 and the inclined portions 14 are adjacent to each other via the notches K14c, and the legs 18-2 and the inclined portions 14 are adjacent to each other via the notches K14d. Adjacent to each other. The cut K14c is formed between the adjacent polygonal lines C71 and C72 at the polygonal lines C71, C72 and C73, and the notch K14d is formed between the adjacent polygonal lines C72 and C73 at the polygonal lines C71, C72 and C73.

なお、辺部14aは、直線状を呈し、折れ線C6側から支持部16側にいくほど左側面側となるように折れ線C6に対して傾斜している。つまり、辺部14aと折れ線C6間の角度は、鈍角となっている。このように辺部14aが傾斜しているのは、包装箱Pの製造に際して、側面部230を正面部210側に折れ線C11を介して折り返すとともに、側面部30を正面部10側に折れ線C1を介して折り返して、図13の状態から図14の状態にする際に、辺部14aと折れ線C1、C11との間に間隔を設けて、側面部30と側面部230を折り返すに傾斜部14が邪魔にならないようにするためであり、また、長さL12fが長さL12gよりも長く形成されているので、傾斜部14の左右方向の長さをなるべく長く確保するためである。また、辺部14bは、直線状を呈し、折れ線C6に対して直角方向に形成されている。 The side portion 14a has a linear shape and is inclined with respect to the polygonal line C6 so that the side portion 14a is on the left side surface side toward the support portion 16 side from the polygonal line C6 side. That is, the angle between the side portion 14a and the polygonal line C6 is an obtuse angle. The reason why the side portion 14a is inclined in this way is that when the packaging box P is manufactured, the side surface portion 230 is folded back toward the front portion 210 side via the folding line C11, and the side surface portion 30 is folded back toward the front portion 10 side with the folding line C1. When the state of FIG. 13 is changed to the state of FIG. 14, the inclined portion 14 is used to fold back the side surface portion 30 and the side surface portion 230 by providing a space between the side portion 14a and the folding lines C1 and C11. This is to prevent it from getting in the way, and because the length L12f is formed longer than the length L12g, the length of the inclined portion 14 in the left-right direction is secured as long as possible. Further, the side portion 14b has a linear shape and is formed in a direction perpendicular to the polygonal line C6.

また、折れ線C71に沿った辺部は、辺部14aの折れ線C6とは反対側の端部から連設され、折れ線C73に沿った辺部は、辺部14bの折れ線C6とは反対側の端部から連設されている。 Further, the side portion along the polygonal line C71 is continuously provided from the end portion of the side portion 14a opposite to the polygonal line C6, and the side portion along the polygonal line C73 is the end opposite to the polygonal line C6 of the side portion 14b. It is connected from the department.

略コ字状の辺部14cは、折れ線C71に沿った辺部の右側面側の端部から折れ線C72に沿った辺部の左側面側の端部まで形成され、略コ字状の辺部14dは、折れ線C72に沿った辺部の右側面側の端部から折れ線C73に沿った辺部の左側面側の端部まで形成されている。折れ線C71に沿った辺部と折れ線C72に沿った辺部と折れ線C73に沿った辺部は、同一直線上に形成され、これらの辺部は、折れ線C6と平行に形成されている。 The substantially U-shaped side portion 14c is formed from the end on the right side of the side along the polygonal line C71 to the end on the left side of the side along the polygonal line C72. 14d is formed from the end on the right side of the side along the polygonal line C72 to the end on the left side of the side along the polygonal line C73. The side portion along the polygonal line C71, the side portion along the polygonal line C72, and the side portion along the polygonal line C73 are formed on the same straight line, and these side portions are formed in parallel with the polygonal line C6.

なお、傾斜部14の長手方向の長さ(折れ線C6に沿った辺部と折れ線C71、C72、C73に沿った辺部間の長さ)L14は、傾斜部14が底面部50の起立部74、76、88に接して水平方向に対して傾斜した状態で支持部16が背面部40の内側の面に接する長さに形成されている。 The length of the inclined portion 14 in the longitudinal direction (the length between the side portion along the polygonal line C6 and the side portion along the polygonal lines C71, C72, C73) L14 is such that the inclined portion 14 is the upright portion 74 of the bottom surface portion 50. , 76, 88 are formed so that the support portion 16 is in contact with the inner surface of the back surface portion 40 in a state of being inclined with respect to the horizontal direction.

また、支持部(傾斜部支持部)16は、傾斜部14から折れ線(第12折れ線)C71、C72、C73を介して連設され、支持部16は、連結部17と、連結部17から突出した脚部18−1、18−2とを有している。 Further, the support portion (inclined portion support portion) 16 is continuously provided from the inclined portion 14 via the polygonal lines (12th polygonal line) C71, C72, and C73, and the support portion 16 protrudes from the connecting portion 17 and the connecting portion 17. It has legs 18-1 and 18-2.

連結部17は、傾斜部14から折れ線C71、C72、C73を介して連設され(つまり、同一直線上に位置する複数の折れ線を介して連設されている)、左右方向に延びた帯状を呈し、傾斜部14と反対側の左右両側の角部が円弧状に面取りされた横長長方形状を呈している。連結部17の先端側の辺部17aは、折れ線C71、C72、C73と平行に形成されている。 The connecting portion 17 is continuously provided from the inclined portion 14 via the polygonal lines C71, C72, and C73 (that is, is continuously provided via a plurality of polygonal lines located on the same straight line), and has a strip shape extending in the left-right direction. The corners on the left and right sides opposite to the inclined portion 14 are chamfered in an arc shape to form a horizontally long rectangular shape. The side portion 17a on the tip end side of the connecting portion 17 is formed in parallel with the polygonal lines C71, C72, and C73.

また、脚部18−1は、連結部17から辺部17aと反対側に突出し、脚部18−1は、折れ線C71の右側面側の端部から折れ線C71と直角に直線状に形成された辺部18−1aと、辺部18−1aの端部から連設された略円弧状の辺部18−1bと、辺部18−1bの端部から連設され左右方向に直線状に形成された辺部18−1cと、辺部18−1cの右側面側の端部から連設された略円弧状の辺部18−1dと、辺部18−1dの端部から連設され辺部18−1aと平行に形成され折れ線C72の左側面側の端部にまで形成された辺部18−1eとを有している。 Further, the leg portion 18-1 protrudes from the connecting portion 17 on the side opposite to the side portion 17a, and the leg portion 18-1 is formed linearly from the end portion on the right side surface side of the folding line C71 at a right angle to the folding line C71. A side portion 18-1a, a substantially arcuate side portion 18-1b connected from the end portion of the side portion 18-1a, and a side portion 18-1b connected from the end portion of the side portion 18-1b and formed linearly in the left-right direction. The side portion 18-1c, the side portion 18-1d having a substantially arc shape connected from the end portion on the right side surface side of the side portion 18-1c, and the side portion connected from the end portion of the side portion 18-1d. It has a side portion 18-1e formed in parallel with the portion 18-1a and formed up to the end portion on the left side surface side of the folding line C72.

また、脚部18−2は、脚部18−1と同様の構成であり、連結部17から辺部17aと反対側に突出し、脚部18−2は、折れ線C73の左側面側の端部から折れ線C73と直角に直線状に形成された辺部18−2aと、辺部18−2aの端部から連設された略円弧状の辺部18−2bと、辺部18−2bの端部から連設され左右方向に直線状に形成された辺部18−2cと、辺部18−2cの左側面側の端部から連設された略円弧状の辺部18−2dと、辺部18−2dの端部から連設され辺部18−2aと平行に形成され折れ線C72の右側面側の端部にまで形成された辺部18−2eとを有している。 Further, the leg portion 18-2 has the same configuration as the leg portion 18-1, and protrudes from the connecting portion 17 to the side opposite to the side portion 17a, and the leg portion 18-2 is an end portion on the left side surface side of the folding line C73. A side portion 18-2a formed in a straight line at right angles to the folding line C73, a substantially arcuate side portion 18-2b connected from the end portion of the side portion 18-2a, and an end of the side portion 18-2b. A side portion 18-2c connected from the portion and formed linearly in the left-right direction, and a substantially arc-shaped side portion 18-2d connected from the end portion on the left side surface side of the side portion 18-2c, and a side. It has a side portion 18-2e that is continuously provided from the end portion of the portion 18-2d, is formed in parallel with the side portion 18-2a, and is formed up to the end portion on the right side surface side of the folding line C72.

辺部18−1cと辺部18−2cは、折れ線C71、C72、C73の方向と平行に形成され、辺部18−1cと辺部18−2cとは同一直線上に形成されている。 The side portions 18-1c and the side portions 18-2c are formed parallel to the directions of the polygonal lines C71, C72, and C73, and the side portions 18-1c and the side portions 18-2c are formed on the same straight line.

なお、脚部18−1、18−2における左右方向に対する直角方向の長さは、傾斜部14が起立部74、76、88に接して連結部17の背面側の面が背面部40の内側の面に接した状態で、脚部18−1、18−2の下端が底面部50(特に、後底面部90)に接する長さに形成されている。 Regarding the length of the legs 18-1 and 18-2 in the direction perpendicular to the left-right direction, the inclined portion 14 is in contact with the standing portions 74, 76, 88, and the back surface of the connecting portion 17 is the inside of the back portion 40. The lower ends of the legs 18-1 and 18-2 are formed to have a length in contact with the bottom surface portion 50 (particularly, the rear bottom surface portion 90) in a state of being in contact with the surface of.

なお、前正面部11と後正面部12と傾斜部14と支持部16からなる構成は、それらの展開状態において左右対称に形成されている。 The configuration including the front front portion 11, the rear front portion 12, the inclined portion 14, and the support portion 16 is formed symmetrically in the deployed state.

次に、底面部50は、いわゆるワンタッチ底を変形した構成であり、前正面部11の下辺から折れ線(第1折れ線)C21を介して連設された前底面部60と、側面部20の下辺から折れ線(第2折れ線)C22を介して連設された右底面部70と、側面部30の下辺から折れ線(第3折れ線)C20を介して連設された左底面部80と、背面部40の下辺から折れ線(第4折れ線)C23を介して連設された後底面部90とを有している。 Next, the bottom surface portion 50 has a configuration in which the so-called one-touch bottom is deformed, and the front bottom surface portion 60 and the lower side of the side surface portion 20 are continuously provided from the lower side of the front front surface portion 11 via a polygonal line (first polygonal line) C21. A right bottom surface 70 connected via a polygonal line (second polygonal line) C22, a left bottom surface 80 connected from the lower side of the side surface 30 via a polygonal line (third polygonal line) C20, and a back surface 40. It has a rear bottom surface portion 90 which is continuously provided from the lower side via a polygonal line (fourth polygonal line) C23.

ここで、前底面部(第1底面部)60は、先端側にいくほど幅狭となる略台形形状に形成され、その上面の一部が内箱部Aの内底面の一部を形成している。この前底面部60は、底面部50の組立て状態においては、後底面部90と底面部50の中心位置(底面部50の対角の角部を結ぶ2つの直線の交点)を介して点対称に形成されている。 Here, the front bottom surface portion (first bottom surface portion) 60 is formed in a substantially trapezoidal shape that becomes narrower toward the tip end side, and a part of the upper surface thereof forms a part of the inner bottom surface of the inner box portion A. ing. In the assembled state of the bottom surface portion 50, the front bottom surface portion 60 is point-symmetrical via the center position of the rear bottom surface portion 90 and the bottom surface portion 50 (the intersection of two straight lines connecting the diagonal corner portions of the bottom surface portion 50). Is formed in.

前底面部60は、図6に示すように、折れ線C21に沿った辺部60zと、辺部60zの右側面側の端部から連設され、前正面部11の下辺に対して45度(略45度としてもよい)の角度で傾斜した直線状の辺部60aと、辺部60aの端部から連設され、折れ線C21と平行(略平行としてもよい)に形成された直線状の辺部60bと、辺部60bの端部から連設され、略円弧状の辺部60cと、辺部60cの端部から辺部60zの左側面側の端部まで連設された直線状の辺部60dとを有している。 As shown in FIG. 6, the front bottom surface portion 60 is continuously provided from the side portion 60z along the folding line C21 and the end portion on the right side surface side of the side portion 60z, and is 45 degrees with respect to the lower side of the front front surface portion 11. A linear side portion 60a inclined at an angle of approximately 45 degrees) and a linear side portion connected from the end of the side portion 60a and formed parallel to (may be approximately parallel) the folding line C21. A linear side that is connected from the end of the side 60b and the side 60b, and is connected from the end of the substantially arcuate side 60c and the end of the side 60c to the end on the left side of the side 60z. It has a part 60d.

また、右底面部(第2底面部)70は、図7に示すように、側面部20の下辺から折れ線C22を介して連設された本体部72と、本体部72から折れ線(第5折れ線)C24を介して連設された起立部74と、起立部74から折れ線(第6折れ線)C25を介して連設された起立部76と、起立部76から折れ線(第7折れ線)C26を介して連設された接着部78とを有している。 Further, as shown in FIG. 7, the right bottom surface portion (second bottom surface portion) 70 includes a main body portion 72 which is continuously provided from the lower side of the side surface portion 20 via a polygonal line C22 and a polygonal line (fifth polygonal line) from the main body portion 72. ) An upright portion 74 connected via C24, an upright portion 76 connected from the upright portion 74 via a polygonal line (sixth polygonal line) C25, and a polygonal line (seventh polygonal line) C26 from the upright portion 76. It has an adhesive portion 78 which is continuously provided.

本体部(第2底面部本体部)72は、折れ線C22に沿った辺部72zと、辺部72zの正面側の端部から連設され辺部72zに対して傾斜して形成された直線状の辺部72aと、辺部72aの端部から連設され折れ線C22の方向に対して略直角の(具体的には、折れ線C22から離れるに従い背面側となるように若干傾斜している)直線状の辺部72bと、辺部72bの端部から連設され背面側に曲がる略円弧状に形成された辺部72cと、辺部72cの端部から連設され、折れ線C22の方向に対して傾斜する(背面側にいくほど折れ線C22側となるように傾斜する)直線状の辺部72dと、辺部72dの端部から連設され、折れ線C22の方向に対して直角(略直角としてもよい)に折れ線C22側に向けて形成された辺部(係合用辺部)72eと、辺部72eの端部から連設され、折れ線C22と平行に形成された直線状の辺部72f(折れ線C24に沿った辺部)と、辺部72fの端部から連設され、辺部72fに対して略直角の(具体的には、折れ線C22に近づく従い背面側となるように傾斜している)辺部72gと、辺部72gの端部から連設され、背面側にいくほど折れ線C22側となるように折れ線C22の方向に対して傾斜する直線状の辺部72hと、辺部72hの端部から折れ線C22の背面側の端部にまで形成され、背面側にいくほど折れ線C22の方向に対して傾斜する辺部72iとを有している。 The main body portion (second bottom surface portion main body portion) 72 is a linear shape formed by being connected to the side portion 72z along the folding line C22 and the end portion on the front side of the side portion 72z and inclined with respect to the side portion 72z. A straight line that is connected to the side portion 72a and the end portion of the side portion 72a and is substantially perpendicular to the direction of the folding line C22 (specifically, is slightly inclined toward the back side as the distance from the folding line C22 increases). A side portion 72b having a shape, a side portion 72c connected from the end portion of the side portion 72b and formed in a substantially arc shape that bends to the back side, and a side portion 72c connected from the end portion of the side portion 72c, with respect to the direction of the folding line C22. A straight side portion 72d that inclines (inclines toward the folding line C22 side toward the back side) and a linear side portion 72d that is connected from the end of the side portion 72d and is perpendicular to the direction of the folding line C22 (as approximately perpendicular). The side portion (engagement side portion) 72e formed on the folding line C22 side and the linear side portion 72f (which is connected from the end of the side portion 72e and formed parallel to the folding line C22). It is connected from the end of the side 72f and the side along the folding line C24, and is inclined so as to be substantially perpendicular to the side 72f (specifically, the back side as it approaches the folding line C22). A straight side portion 72h and a side portion 72h that are connected from the end portion of the side portion 72g and the side portion 72g and are inclined with respect to the direction of the folding line C22 so as to be closer to the folding line C22 side toward the back side. It has a side portion 72i formed from the end portion of the line C22 to the end portion on the back surface side of the folding line C22, and is inclined toward the back surface side in the direction of the folding line C22.

辺部72aと辺部72iは、辺部72z(つまり、折れ線C22)に対して45度(略45度としてもよい)の角度で傾斜している。また、辺部72bは、辺部72aから辺部72aの方向に対して折れ線C22側とは反対側に屈曲して形成され、辺部72iは、辺部72hから辺部72hの方向に対して折れ線C22側に屈曲して形成されている。また、辺部72gの折れ線C22の方向に対する角度(鋭角)(第1角度)と辺部72hの折れ線C22の方向に対する角度(鋭角)(第2角度)と辺部72iの折れ線C22の方向に対する角度(鋭角)(第3角度)とを比較すると、第2角度は、第3角度よりも小さく、第3角度は、第1角度よりも小さくなっている。 The side portion 72a and the side portion 72i are inclined at an angle of 45 degrees (may be approximately 45 degrees) with respect to the side portion 72z (that is, the polygonal line C22). Further, the side portion 72b is formed by bending in the direction from the side portion 72a to the side portion 72a opposite to the side of the polygonal line C22, and the side portion 72i is formed in the direction from the side portion 72h to the side portion 72h. It is formed by bending toward the folding line C22 side. Further, the angle (sharp angle) (first angle) of the side portion 72g with respect to the direction of the folding line C22, the angle (sharp angle) (second angle) of the side portion 72h with respect to the direction of the folding line C22, and the angle with respect to the direction of the folding line C22 of the side portion 72i. Comparing with (sharp angle) (third angle), the second angle is smaller than the third angle, and the third angle is smaller than the first angle.

また、辺部72eと辺部72f(折れ線C24に沿った辺部)は、直角をなすが、辺部72eが起立部88と係合すればよいので、辺部72fに対して厳密に直角でなくても、略直角であればよい。 Further, the side portion 72e and the side portion 72f (the side portion along the folding line C24) form a right angle, but since the side portion 72e only needs to engage with the upright portion 88, the side portion 72e is exactly perpendicular to the side portion 72f. It does not have to be at a right angle.

また、起立部(第1起立部)74は、折れ線C24に沿った直線状の辺部74aと、折れ線C24の正面側の端部から連設され、折れ線C24に対して直角の直線状を呈する辺部74bと、辺部74bの端部から連設され、折れ線C24の方向に対して傾斜した(背面側にいくほど折れ線C24との距離が長くなるように傾斜した)直線状の辺部74cと、辺部74cの端部から折れ線C22の右側面側の端部まで形成され、折れ線C24の方向に対して直角の直線状を呈する辺部74dとを有している。辺部74bは、右底面部70の展開状態では、切込みを介して辺部72eと隣接している。 Further, the standing portion (first standing portion) 74 is continuously provided from the linear side portion 74a along the polygonal line C24 and the end portion on the front side of the polygonal line C24, and exhibits a linear shape perpendicular to the polygonal line C24. A linear side portion 74c that is connected to the side portion 74b and the end portion of the side portion 74b and is inclined with respect to the direction of the polygonal line C24 (inclined so that the distance from the polygonal line C24 becomes longer toward the back side). And the side portion 74d formed from the end portion of the side portion 74c to the end portion on the right side surface side of the polygonal line C22 and exhibiting a straight line perpendicular to the direction of the polygonal line C24. The side portion 74b is adjacent to the side portion 72e via a notch in the expanded state of the right bottom surface portion 70.

辺部(第1傾斜辺部)74cの折れ線C24の方向に対する傾斜角度は、折れ線C24の方向に対して正面側から背面側に向けて上側となるように傾斜し、傾斜部14の底面側の面が起立部74に接するとともに脚部18−1、18−2の下端が後底面部90の上面に接して、傾斜部14が傾斜した状態(以下「傾斜部14の傾斜状態」とする)における傾斜部14の下側の面のスリーブ状部5の下辺(前正面部11の下辺と側面部20、30の下辺と背面部40の下辺)により囲まれる仮想平面(内箱部Aの設置面としてもよい)に対する傾斜角度と同一(略同一としてもよい)に形成され、これにより、傾斜部14の傾斜状態において、傾斜部14の下側の面が辺部74cと沿った状態で辺部74cと接することになる。この起立部74は、内箱部Aの組立て状態では、本体部72に対して略直角(直角としてもよい)に起立した状態となる。また、内箱部Aの組立て状態では、辺部74cは、起立部88の辺部88cに沿った状態となる。 The inclination angle of the side portion (first inclined side portion) 74c with respect to the direction of the folding line C24 is inclined so as to be upward from the front side to the back side with respect to the direction of the folding line C24, and is on the bottom surface side of the inclined portion 14. A state in which the surface is in contact with the upright portion 74 and the lower ends of the legs 18-1 and 18-2 are in contact with the upper surface of the rear bottom surface portion 90, and the inclined portion 14 is inclined (hereinafter referred to as "inclined state of the inclined portion 14"). A virtual plane (installation of the inner box portion A) surrounded by the lower side of the sleeve-shaped portion 5 (the lower side of the front front portion 11, the lower side of the side surface portions 20, 30 and the lower side of the back surface portion 40) of the lower surface of the inclined portion 14 in It is formed to have the same (may be substantially the same) inclination angle with respect to (may be a surface), whereby in the inclined state of the inclined portion 14, the lower surface of the inclined portion 14 is aligned with the side portion 74c. It will come into contact with part 74c. In the assembled state of the inner box portion A, the standing portion 74 is in a state of standing substantially perpendicular to the main body portion 72 (may be a right angle). Further, in the assembled state of the inner box portion A, the side portion 74c is in a state along the side portion 88c of the upright portion 88.

また、起立部(第2起立部)76は、折れ線C25に沿った直線状の辺部76aと、辺部76aの辺部74c側の端部から連設され、辺部76aに対して直角の直線状を呈する辺部76bと、辺部76bの端部から連設され、辺部76bに対して鈍角に傾斜した直線状の辺部76cと、辺部76cの端部から辺部76aまで形成され、辺部76bに対して平行に形成された直線状の辺部76dとを有している。 Further, the standing portion (second standing portion) 76 is continuously provided from the linear side portion 76a along the folding line C25 and the end portion of the side portion 76a on the side portion 74c side, and is perpendicular to the side portion 76a. A linear side portion 76b and a linear side portion 76c that is connected from the end portion of the side portion 76b and is inclined at an oblique angle with respect to the side portion 76b and a linear side portion 76c formed from the end portion of the side portion 76c to the side portion 76a. It has a linear side portion 76d formed parallel to the side portion 76b.

この起立部76は、内箱部Aの組立て状態では、起立部74に対して直角(略直角としてもよい)となり接着部78に対して略直角(直角としてもよい)に起立した状態となる。 In the assembled state of the inner box portion A, the upright portion 76 is at a right angle (may be substantially right angle) with respect to the upright portion 74 and is in a state of standing at a substantially right angle (may be substantially right angle) with respect to the adhesive portion 78. ..

また、接着部(第1接着部)78は、折れ線C26に沿った直線状の辺部78aと、辺部78aの正面側の端部から連設され、辺部78aと略直角の(具体的には、折れ線C26から離れるに従い背面側となるように若干傾斜している)直線状の辺部78bと、辺部78bの端部から連設され、辺部78bに対して略直角(具体的には、辺部78bに対して鈍角をなす)の直線状の辺部78cと、辺部78cの端部から連設され、辺部78cに対して略直角(具体的には、辺部78cに対して鈍角をなす)の直線状の辺部78dと、辺部78dの端部から辺部78aの端部まで形成され、辺部78aに対して略直角(具体的には、辺部78aに対して鈍角をなす)の直線状の辺部78eとを有している。 Further, the adhesive portion (first adhesive portion) 78 is continuously provided from the linear side portion 78a along the folding line C26 and the front end portion of the side portion 78a, and is substantially perpendicular to the side portion 78a (specifically). Is connected to a straight side portion 78b (which is slightly inclined toward the back side as it is separated from the folding line C26) and an end portion of the side portion 78b, and is substantially perpendicular to the side portion 78b (specifically). Is connected to the linear side portion 78c (which forms an blunt angle with respect to the side portion 78b) and the end portion of the side portion 78c, and is substantially perpendicular to the side portion 78c (specifically, the side portion 78c). A straight side portion 78d (which forms an blunt angle with respect to the side portion 78d) and an end portion of the side portion 78d to the end portion of the side portion 78a are formed, and are substantially perpendicular to the side portion 78a (specifically, the side portion 78a). It has a linear side portion 78e (which forms an blunt angle with respect to).

辺部78bと辺部72gは、右底面部70の展開状態では、直線状の切込みを介して隣接し、辺部78cと辺部72hは、右底面部70の展開状態では、直線状の切目線(切断予定線)78Kを介して隣接している。なお、辺部78bと辺部72g間の切込みと辺部78cと辺部72h間の切目線78Kの間には、アールが形成されている。 The side portion 78b and the side portion 72g are adjacent to each other via a linear notch in the unfolded state of the right bottom surface portion 70, and the side portion 78c and the side portion 72h are linearly cut in the unfolded state of the right bottom surface portion 70. Adjacent to each other via the line of sight (scheduled cutting line) 78K. A radius is formed between the notch between the side portion 78b and the side portion 72g and the cut line 78K between the side portion 78c and the side portion 72h.

接着部78は、後底面部90の底面に接着され、接着部78が後底面部90に接着された状態では、後底面部90の先端側の辺部90bは折れ線C26と若干の間隔を介して折れ線C26に沿った状態となる。内箱部Aの組立て状態においては、辺部90bは、折れ線C26の背面側に折れ線C26に沿った状態となる。 The adhesive portion 78 is adhered to the bottom surface of the rear bottom surface portion 90, and in a state where the adhesive portion 78 is adhered to the rear bottom surface portion 90, the side portion 90b on the tip end side of the rear bottom surface portion 90 passes through a broken line C26 and a slight distance. It will be in a state along the polygonal line C26. In the assembled state of the inner box portion A, the side portion 90b is in a state along the folding line C26 on the back side of the folding line C26.

なお、右底面部70の展開状態において、折れ線C24と折れ線C26は折れ線C22に対して平行であり、折れ線C25は、折れ線C24及び折れ線C26と直角となっている。 In the expanded state of the right bottom surface portion 70, the polygonal line C24 and the polygonal line C26 are parallel to the polygonal line C22, and the polygonal line C25 is perpendicular to the polygonal line C24 and the polygonal line C26.

また、左底面部(第3底面部)80は、図7に示すように、側面部30の下辺から折れ線C20を介して連設された本体部82と、本体部82から折れ線(第8折れ線)C27を介して連設された接着部86と、本体部82から折れ線(第9折れ線)C28、C29を介して連設された起立部88とを有している。 Further, as shown in FIG. 7, the left bottom surface portion (third bottom surface portion) 80 includes a main body portion 82 connected from the lower side of the side surface portion 30 via a polygonal line C20 and a polygonal line (eighth polygonal line) from the main body portion 82. ) It has an adhesive portion 86 serially connected via C27, and an upright portion 88 serially connected from the main body portion 82 via a polygonal line (9th polygonal line) C28 and C29.

本体部(第3底面部本体部)82は、折れ線C20に沿った辺部82zと、辺部82zの正面側の端部から連設され辺部82zに対して傾斜して形成された直線状の辺部82aと、辺部82aの端部から連設され折れ線C20の方向に対して略直角の(具体的には、折れ線C20から離れるに従い背面側となるように若干傾斜している)直線状の辺部82bと、辺部82bの端部から連設され、折れ線C20と平行な直線状の辺部82cと、辺部82cの端部から連設され、辺部82cに対して直角の直線状の辺部82dと、辺部82dの端部から連設され、辺部82dに対して直角の直線状の辺部82eと、辺部82eの端部から連設され、辺部82eに対して鈍角に形成された直線状の辺部82fと、辺部82fの端部から連設され、辺部82fに対して鈍角に形成されるとともに辺部82dと平行に形成された直線状の辺部82gと、辺部82gの端部から連設され、辺部82gと直角をなし辺部82cの延長線上に形成された辺部82hと、辺部82hの端部から辺部82zの正面側の端部まで形成され辺部82zに対して傾斜して形成された辺部82iとを有している。 The main body portion (third bottom surface portion main body portion) 82 is a linear shape formed by being connected to the side portion 82z along the folding line C20 and the end portion on the front side of the side portion 82z and inclined with respect to the side portion 82z. A straight line that is connected to the side portion 82a and the end portion of the side portion 82a and is substantially perpendicular to the direction of the folding line C20 (specifically, is slightly inclined toward the back side as the distance from the folding line C20 increases). A linear side portion 82b connected from the end portion of the side portion 82b and a straight side portion 82c parallel to the folding line C20 and a linear side portion 82c connected from the end portion of the side portion 82c, perpendicular to the side portion 82c. The linear side portion 82d and the end portion of the side portion 82d are connected to each other, and the linear side portion 82e perpendicular to the side portion 82d and the end portion of the side portion 82e are connected to the side portion 82e. On the other hand, a linear side portion 82f formed at an blunt angle and a linear side portion 82f connected from the end portion of the side portion 82f, formed at an blunt angle with respect to the side portion 82f and formed parallel to the side portion 82d. A side portion 82h which is continuously provided from the end portion of the side portion 82g and the side portion 82g and formed on an extension line of the side portion 82c at right angles to the side portion 82g, and a front surface of the side portion 82z from the end portion of the side portion 82h. It has a side portion 82i formed up to a side end portion and inclined with respect to the side portion 82z.

辺部82aと辺部82iは、辺部82z(つまり、折れ線C20)に対して45度(略45度としてもよ)の角度で傾斜している。辺部82dと辺部82eと辺部82fと辺部82gにより突状部84が形成され、本体部82は、側面部30から折れ線C20を介して連設された主本体部83と、主本体部83の側面部30とは反対側の辺部から突出して形成された突状部84とを有している。 The side portion 82a and the side portion 82i are inclined at an angle of 45 degrees (may be approximately 45 degrees) with respect to the side portion 82z (that is, the polygonal line C20). A protruding portion 84 is formed by the side portion 82d, the side portion 82e, the side portion 82f, and the side portion 82g. It has a protruding portion 84 formed so as to project from a side portion on the side opposite to the side surface portion 30 of the portion 83.

内箱部Aを折り畳んだ状態から内箱部Aを組み立てる際に、突状部84における辺部82fは、起立部74と起立部76がなす角部75(図15参照)に沿ってスライドし、辺部82gが起立部74と起立部76がなす角部75と係合する。 When assembling the inner box portion A from the folded state of the inner box portion A, the side portion 82f of the protruding portion 84 slides along the corner portion 75 (see FIG. 15) formed by the standing portion 74 and the standing portion 76. , 82 g of the side portion engages with the corner portion 75 formed by the upright portion 74 and the upright portion 76.

接着部(第2接着部)86は、本体部82の辺部82iから折れ線C27を介して連設され、接着部86は、折れ線C27に沿った辺部86aと、辺部86aの辺部82h側の端部から連設され、辺部86aと直角(略直角としてもよい)をなす直線状の辺部86bと、辺部86bの端部から連設され、左底面部80の展開状態において、折れ線C20と平行に形成された直線状の辺部86cと、辺部86cの端部から連設され、辺部86cと略直角の直線状の辺部86dと、辺部86dの端部から辺部86aの折れ線C20側の端部まで連設され、辺部86dに対して鈍角をなす直線状の辺部86eとを有している。辺部86aの折れ線C20側の端部と辺部82iの折れ線C20側の端部の間には間隔が設けられている。接着部86は、前底面部60の底面に接着されている。接着部86が前底面部60に接着された状態では、辺部86bは、辺部60aに沿った状態となる。 The adhesive portion (second adhesive portion) 86 is continuously provided from the side portion 82i of the main body portion 82 via the folding line C27, and the adhesive portion 86 has a side portion 86a along the folding line C27 and a side portion 82h of the side portion 86a. In the unfolded state of the left bottom surface portion 80, which is continuously connected from the side end portion and is continuously provided from the end portion of the side portion 86b and the linear side portion 86b forming a right angle (may be substantially right) with the side portion 86a. , A straight side portion 86c formed parallel to the folding line C20 and a linear side portion 86d that is connected from the end portion of the side portion 86c and is substantially perpendicular to the side portion 86c and the end portion of the side portion 86d. It is continuously provided up to the end of the side portion 86a on the folding line C20 side, and has a linear side portion 86e forming an blunt angle with respect to the side portion 86d. A gap is provided between the end of the side portion 86a on the polygonal line C20 side and the end of the side portion 82i on the polygonal line C20 side. The adhesive portion 86 is adhered to the bottom surface of the front bottom surface portion 60. In the state where the adhesive portion 86 is adhered to the front bottom surface portion 60, the side portion 86b is in a state along the side portion 60a.

また、起立部(第3起立部)88は、辺部82cから折れ線C28を介して連設されるとともに辺部82hから折れ線C29を介して連設され、起立部88は、折れ線C28の背面側の端部から連設され、折れ線C28に対して直角をなす直線状の辺部88aと、辺部88aの端部から連設され、辺部88aに対して直角の辺部88bと、辺部88bの端部から連設され、辺部88bに対して鈍角をなす直線状の辺部88cと、辺部88cから辺部82hまで連設され、辺部88cに対して鈍角をなし辺部82hと直角をなす辺部88dと、折れ線C28に沿った辺部と、折れ線C29に沿った辺部とを有している。また、左底面部30の展開状態において、起立部88は、突状部84と切込みを介して隣接しており、これにより、起立部88には、突状部84を形成することによる切欠部が形成されている。内箱部Aの組立て状態において、辺部88dは辺部72eと係合する。 Further, the standing portion (third standing portion) 88 is continuously provided from the side portion 82c via the folding line C28, and is continuously provided from the side portion 82h via the folding line C29, and the standing portion 88 is connected to the back side of the folding line C28. A straight side 88a that is connected from the end of the side and is perpendicular to the folding line C28, and a side 88b that is connected from the end of the side 88a and is perpendicular to the side 88a. A linear side portion 88c that is continuously provided from the end of 88b and has an blunt angle with respect to the side portion 88b and a linear side portion 88c that is continuously provided from the side portion 88c to the side portion 82h and has an blunt angle with respect to the side portion 88c and has a side portion 82h. It has a side portion 88d formed at right angles to the fold line C28, a side portion along the fold line C28, and a side portion along the fold line C29. Further, in the expanded state of the left bottom surface portion 30, the standing portion 88 is adjacent to the protruding portion 84 via a notch, whereby the notched portion by forming the protruding portion 84 in the standing portion 88. Is formed. In the assembled state of the inner box portion A, the side portion 88d engages with the side portion 72e.

また、辺部(第2傾斜辺部)88cは、折れ線C28、C29の方向に対して正面側から背面側に向けて上側となるように傾斜し、辺部88cの折れ線C28、C29に対する傾斜角度は、辺部74cの折れ線C24の方向に対する傾斜角度と同一(略同一としてもよい)であり、傾斜部14の傾斜状態における傾斜部14の下側の面のスリーブ状部5の下辺(前正面部11の下辺と側面部20、30の下辺と背面部40の下辺)により囲まれる仮想平面(内箱部Aの設置面としてもよい)に対する傾斜角度と同一(略同一としてもよい)に形成され、これにより、傾斜部14の傾斜状態において、傾斜部14の下側の面が辺部88cと沿った状態で辺部88cと接することになる。この起立部88は、内箱部Aの組立て状態では、本体部82に対して略直角(直角としてもよい)に起立した状態となり、起立部74と互いに対向して起立部74に接した状態となる。また、内箱部Aの組立て状態では、辺部88cは、起立部74の辺部74cに沿った状態となる。 Further, the side portion (second inclined side portion) 88c is inclined so as to be upward from the front side to the back side with respect to the direction of the folding lines C28 and C29, and the inclination angle of the side portion 88c with respect to the folding lines C28 and C29. Is the same as (may be substantially the same) the inclination angle of the side portion 74c with respect to the direction of the folding line C24, and the lower side (front front surface) of the sleeve-shaped portion 5 of the lower surface of the inclined portion 14 in the inclined state of the inclined portion 14. Formed to be the same (may be substantially the same) as the inclination angle with respect to the virtual plane (which may be the installation surface of the inner box portion A) surrounded by the lower side of the portion 11, the lower side of the side portions 20, 30 and the lower side of the back surface 40). As a result, in the inclined state of the inclined portion 14, the lower surface of the inclined portion 14 comes into contact with the side portion 88c in a state of being along the side portion 88c. In the assembled state of the inner box portion A, the upright portion 88 is in a state of standing substantially perpendicular to the main body portion 82 (may be a right angle), and is in contact with the upright portion 74 facing the upright portion 74. It becomes. Further, in the assembled state of the inner box portion A, the side portion 88c is in a state along the side portion 74c of the upright portion 74.

なお、起立部88は、折れ線C28と折れ線C29を介して本体部82から連設されるとしたが、起立部88が折れ線C29のみから連設されて、突状部84の正面側のみに起立部88が形成される構成としてもよい。つまり、底面部50を組み立てた際に、起立部88が起立部74に接する構成であれば、内箱部Aを組み立てる際に、起立部88が起立部74に接して起立するので、起立部88の前後方向の長さが短くてもよい。 The upright portion 88 is connected from the main body 82 via the polygonal line C28 and the polygonal line C29, but the upright portion 88 is connected only from the polygonal line C29 and stands only on the front side of the protruding portion 84. The structure may be such that the portion 88 is formed. That is, if the standing portion 88 is in contact with the standing portion 74 when the bottom surface portion 50 is assembled, the standing portion 88 is in contact with the standing portion 74 and stands up when the inner box portion A is assembled. The length of 88 in the front-rear direction may be short.

また、後底面部(第4底面部)90は、先端側にいくほど幅狭となる略台形形状に形成され、その上面の一部が内箱部Aの内底面の一部を形成している。 Further, the rear bottom surface portion (fourth bottom surface portion) 90 is formed in a substantially trapezoidal shape that becomes narrower toward the tip end side, and a part of the upper surface thereof forms a part of the inner bottom surface of the inner box portion A. There is.

後底面部90は、折れ線C23に沿った辺部90zと、辺部90zの左側面側の端部から連設され、背面部40の下辺に対して45度(略45度としてもよい)の角度で傾斜した直線状の辺部90aと、辺部90aの端部から連設され、折れ線C23と平行(略平行としてもよい)に形成された直線状の辺部90bと、辺部90bの端部から連設され、略円弧状の辺部90cと、辺部90cの端部から辺部90zの右側面側の端部まで連設された直線状の辺部90dとを有している。 The rear bottom surface portion 90 is continuously provided from the side portion 90z along the folding line C23 and the end portion on the left side surface side of the side portion 90z, and is 45 degrees (may be approximately 45 degrees) with respect to the lower side of the back surface portion 40. A straight side 90a inclined at an angle, a straight side 90b connected from the end of the side 90a and formed parallel to (may be substantially parallel) the folding line C23, and a side 90b. It has a substantially arc-shaped side portion 90c connected from the end portion and a straight side portion 90d continuously provided from the end portion of the side portion 90c to the end portion on the right side surface side of the side portion 90z. ..

なお、折れ線C20と折れ線C28、C29間の長さL82は、折れ線C22と折れ線C24間の長さL72と同一(略同一としてもよい)であり、長さL82と長さL72は、前正面部11の左右方向の長さ(折れ線C1と折れ線C2間の長さとしてもよい)の略半分となっている。 The length L82 between the folding line C20 and the folding lines C28 and C29 is the same as the length L72 between the folding line C22 and the folding line C24 (may be substantially the same), and the length L82 and the length L72 are the front front portions. It is approximately half the length in the left-right direction of 11 (may be the length between the folding line C1 and the folding line C2).

また、折れ線C2(側面部20の正面側の端部をなす辺部としてもよい)と辺部72eとの間の折れ線C22の方向に沿った長さL70(内箱部Aの展開状態において、折れ線C2と、辺部72eを折れ線C22に向けて延長した仮想線で折れ線C22に対して直角な仮想線との間の長さ)は、折れ線C1(側面部30の正面側の端部をなす辺部としてもよい)と辺部88dとの間の折れ線C20の方向に沿った長さL80(内箱部Aの展開状態において、折れ線C1と、辺部88dを折れ線C20に向けて延長した仮想線で折れ線C20に対して直角な仮想線との間の長さ)と同一(略同一としてもよい)であり、折れ線C3(側面部20の背面側の端部をなす辺部としてもよい)と折れ線C25との間の折れ線C22の方向に沿った長さL71(内箱部Aの展開状態において、折れ線C3と、折れ線C25を折れ線C22に向けて延長した仮想線で折れ線C22に対して直角な仮想線との間の長さ)は、側面部30の背面側の辺部30a(側面部30の背面側の端部をなす辺部としてもよい)と辺部82gとの間の折れ線C20の方向に沿った長さL81(内箱部Aの展開状態において、辺部30aと、辺部82gを折れ線C20に向けて延長した仮想線で折れ線C20に対して直角な仮想線との間の長さ)と同一(略同一としてもよい)となっている。 Further, the length L70 along the direction of the folding line C22 between the folding line C2 (which may be a side portion forming the front end of the side surface portion 20) and the side portion 72e (in the unfolded state of the inner box portion A). The length between the fold line C2 and the imaginary line extending the side portion 72e toward the fold line C22 and perpendicular to the fold line C22) forms the fold line C1 (the front end of the side surface portion 30). Length L80 along the direction of the fold line C20 between the side portion (may be a side portion) and the side portion 88d (in the expanded state of the inner box portion A, the fold line C1 and the side portion 88d are extended toward the fold line C20. It is the same as the length between the line and the virtual line perpendicular to the folding line C20 (may be substantially the same), and the folding line C3 (may be the side portion forming the back end of the side surface portion 20). Length L71 along the direction of the fold line C22 between the fold line C25 and the fold line C22 (in the expanded state of the inner box portion A, the fold line C3 and the imaginary line extending the fold line C25 toward the fold line C22 are perpendicular to the fold line C22. The length between the virtual line and the side portion 30) is the broken line C20 between the side portion 30a on the back surface side of the side surface portion 30 (may be the side portion forming the end portion on the back surface side of the side surface portion 30) and the side portion 82g. Length L81 along the direction of (in the expanded state of the inner box portion A, between the side portion 30a and the virtual line extending the side portion 82g toward the folding line C20 and perpendicular to the folding line C20. It is the same as (length) (may be substantially the same).

上記のように、長さL82と長さL72は同一であり、長さL80と長さL70は同一であるので、内箱部Aの組立て状態では、辺部88dと辺部72eが係合し、また、長さL82と長さL72は同一であり、長さL81は長さL71は同一であるので、内箱部Aの組立て状態では、辺部82gと起立部74と起立部76間の角部75とが係合する。 As described above, the length L82 and the length L72 are the same, and the length L80 and the length L70 are the same. Therefore, in the assembled state of the inner box portion A, the side portion 88d and the side portion 72e are engaged with each other. Further, since the length L82 and the length L72 are the same, and the length L81 is the same as the length L71, in the assembled state of the inner box portion A, between the side portion 82 g, the upright portion 74, and the upright portion 76. Engage with the corner 75.

また、内箱部Aの組立て状態では、正面部10と背面部40とが互いに平行になり、側面部20と側面部30とが互いに平行になり、スリーブ状部5を構成する各部材(正面部10、側面部20、30、背面部40)における隣接する部材は互いに直角(略直角としてもよい)となっている。また、前底面部60は、前正面部11に対して略直角(直角としてもよい)となり、右底面部70の本体部72は、側面部20に対して略直角(直角としてもよい)となり、左底面部80の本体部82及び接着部86は、側面部30に対して略直角(直角としてもよい)となり、後底面部90は、背面部40に対して略直角(直角としてもよい)となり、本体部72の一部(正面側の領域)は前底面部60の上側に位置し、本体部82の一部(背面側の領域)は後底面部90の上側に位置する。 Further, in the assembled state of the inner box portion A, the front portion 10 and the back portion 40 are parallel to each other, the side surface portion 20 and the side surface portion 30 are parallel to each other, and each member (front surface) constituting the sleeve-shaped portion 5 is formed. Adjacent members in the portion 10, the side portions 20, 30, and the back surface portion 40) are at right angles to each other (may be substantially right angles). Further, the front bottom surface portion 60 is substantially perpendicular to the front front surface portion 11 (may be a right angle), and the main body portion 72 of the right bottom surface portion 70 is substantially perpendicular to the side surface portion 20 (may be a right angle). The main body portion 82 and the adhesive portion 86 of the left bottom surface portion 80 are substantially perpendicular to the side surface portion 30 (may be a right angle), and the rear bottom surface portion 90 is substantially perpendicular to the back surface portion 40 (may be a right angle). ), A part of the main body 72 (the area on the front side) is located above the front bottom surface 60, and a part of the main body 82 (the area on the back side) is located above the rear bottom surface 90.

また、内箱部Aは、平板状に折り畳むことができ(図14参照)、内箱部Aにおいては、正面部10と側面部30との角度を小さくし(つまり、直角より小さくする)、背面部40と側面部20との角度を小さくさせる(つまり、直角より小さくする)ことにより、四角筒状のスリーブ状部5が扁平になるとともに、底面部50を構成する各部がスリーブ状部5内に回動して、内箱部Aが全体に平板状に折り畳むことができる。内箱部Aを折り畳んだ状態では、底面部50を構成する各部は、スリーブ状部5内にスリーブ状部5を構成する正面部10、側面部20、30、背面部40に対して略平行な状態となる。 Further, the inner box portion A can be folded into a flat plate shape (see FIG. 14), and in the inner box portion A, the angle between the front portion 10 and the side surface portion 30 is reduced (that is, smaller than a right angle). By reducing the angle between the back surface portion 40 and the side surface portion 20 (that is, making it smaller than a right angle), the square tubular sleeve-shaped portion 5 becomes flat, and each portion constituting the bottom surface portion 50 becomes the sleeve-shaped portion 5. By rotating inward, the inner box portion A can be folded into a flat plate shape as a whole. In the state where the inner box portion A is folded, each portion constituting the bottom surface portion 50 is substantially parallel to the front portion 10, the side surface portions 20, 30 and the back surface portion 40 constituting the sleeve-shaped portion 5 in the sleeve-shaped portion 5. It becomes a state.

次に、外箱部Bは、内箱部Aを覆う箱体であり、図1〜図3、図9等に示すように、スリーブ状部(外側スリーブ状部)205と、フラップ部260、290と、蓋部270、280とを有していて、その展開状態は、図9に示すように形成されている。 Next, the outer box portion B is a box body that covers the inner box portion A, and as shown in FIGS. 1 to 3, 9 and the like, the sleeve-shaped portion (outer sleeve-shaped portion) 205 and the flap portion 260, It has a 290 and a lid portion 270 and 280, and its unfolded state is formed as shown in FIG.

ここで、スリーブ状部205は、組み立てた状態では、四角形状の筒状を呈し、正面部(外側正面部)210と、側面部(外側右側面部、外側第1側面部)220と、側面部(外側左側面部、外側第2側面部)230と、背面部(外側背面部)240と、糊代部(外側糊代部)242とを有している。なお、正面部210と側面部220、230と背面部240が、外側面部に当たる。 Here, the sleeve-shaped portion 205 has a quadrangular tubular shape in the assembled state, and has a front surface portion (outer front surface portion) 210, a side surface portion (outer right side surface portion, outer first side surface portion) 220, and a side surface portion. It has a (outer left side surface portion, outer second side surface portion) 230, a back surface portion (outer back surface portion) 240, and a glue margin portion (outer glue margin portion) 242. The front portion 210, the side surface portion 220, 230, and the back surface portion 240 correspond to the outer surface portion.

ここで、正面部210は、方形状(長方形状)の板状を呈している。この正面部210の横幅は、内箱部Aを収納することができるように、内箱部Aの左右方向の幅よりも若干大きく形成されている。 Here, the front portion 210 has a rectangular (rectangular) plate shape. The width of the front portion 210 is formed to be slightly larger than the width of the inner box portion A in the left-right direction so that the inner box portion A can be stored.

また、側面部220は、正面部210の右側面側の端部から折れ線C12を介して連設され、方形状を呈し、切目線222と切目線224a、224bが形成されている。 Further, the side surface portion 220 is continuously provided from the end portion on the right side surface side of the front surface portion 210 via the polygonal line C12, and has a square shape, and the cut line 222 and the cut lines 224a and 224b are formed.

ここで、切目線222は、ミシン目状の切込み(間隔をおきながら形成された切込み)(切断予定線)により形成され、横方向に間隔を介して設けられた円弧状の切目線222a、222cと、切目線222aの上端と222cの上端を結ぶ横方向(側面部220の下辺と平行な方向)の直線状の連続した切込みからなる切目線222bとを有し、全体に下向きの略コ字状を呈している。切目線222と、切目線222a及び切目線222cの切目線222b側とは反対側の端部間を結ぶ折れ線C224により囲まれた領域が、片部(回動片部)224となる。 Here, the cut lines 222 are formed by perforated cuts (cuts formed at intervals) (scheduled cut lines), and arc-shaped cut lines 222a and 222c are provided laterally with intervals. And a cut line 222b consisting of continuous straight cuts in the lateral direction (direction parallel to the lower side of the side surface portion 220) connecting the upper end of the cut line 222a and the upper end of 222c, and has an abbreviated U-shaped downward as a whole. It has a shape. The area surrounded by the cut line 222 and the end portions of the cut line 222a and the cut line 222c on the opposite side to the cut line 222b side is a single portion (rotating piece portion) 224.

また、切目線222bの一方の端部から他方の端部までに途中位置には、切目線222aや切目線222cが設けられている側とは反対側に、縦方向(切目線222bと直角方向)に互いに平行な切目線224a、224bが形成されている。つまり、切目線224aと切目線224bは、互いに平行に形成され、連続した切込みにより形成されている。また、切目線224aは、切目線222aよりも内側(横方向の内側)に形成され、切目線224bは、切目線222cよりも内側(横方向の内側)に形成されている。以上のように、切目線224aと、切目線224bと、切目線222bと、切目線224a及び切目線224bの切目線222b側とは反対側の端部間を結ぶ直線状の折れ線C226により囲まれた領域が、片部226となる。この側面部220の横幅は、内箱部Aを外箱部B内に収納することができるように、側面部20の横幅よりも若干大きく形成されている。 Further, in the middle position from one end of the cut line 222b to the other end, the side opposite to the side where the cut line 222a and the cut line 222c are provided is in the vertical direction (direction perpendicular to the cut line 222b). ) Are parallel to each other. That is, the cut line 224a and the cut line 224b are formed in parallel with each other and are formed by continuous cuts. Further, the cut line 224a is formed inside the cut line 222a (inside in the lateral direction), and the cut line 224b is formed inside the cut line 222c (inside in the lateral direction). As described above, it is surrounded by a linear polygonal line C226 connecting the cut line 224a, the cut line 224b, the cut line 222b, and the ends of the cut line 224a and the cut line 224b on the opposite side to the cut line 222b side. The area is 226 on one side. The width of the side surface portion 220 is formed to be slightly larger than the width of the side surface portion 20 so that the inner box portion A can be housed in the outer box portion B.

また、側面部230は、正面部210の正面視における左側の端部から折れ線C11を介して連設され、方形状を呈し、切目線232と切目線234a、234bが形成されている。 Further, the side surface portion 230 is continuously provided from the left end portion of the front surface portion 210 in the front view via the polygonal line C11, and has a square shape, and the cut line 232 and the cut lines 234a and 234b are formed.

この側面部230の構成は、側面部220と前後方向に垂直な仮想的な平面である中心面を介して対称に形成されていて、切目線232は、切目線222と対称に形成され、横方向に間隔を介して設けられた円弧状の切目線232a、232cと、切目線232aの上端と232cの上端を結ぶ横方向(側面部230の下辺と平行な方向)の直線状の切目線232bとを有し、全体に下向きの略コ字状を呈している。切目線232と、切目線232a及び切目線232cの切目線232b側とは反対側の端部間を結ぶ折れ線C234により囲まれた領域が、片部(回動片部)234となる。 The configuration of the side surface portion 230 is formed symmetrically with respect to the side surface portion 220 via a central surface which is a virtual plane perpendicular to the front-rear direction, and the cut line 232 is formed symmetrically with the cut line 222 and is laterally formed. A linear cut line 232b in the horizontal direction (parallel to the lower side of the side surface portion 230) connecting the arc-shaped cut lines 232a and 232c provided in the direction and the upper end of the cut line 232a and the upper end of the 232c. And, it has a downward substantially U-shape as a whole. The area surrounded by the cut line 232 and the end of the cut line 232a and the cut line 232c on the opposite side to the cut line 232b side is a single portion (rotating piece portion) 234.

また、切目線232bの一方の端部から他方の端部までに途中位置には、切目線232aや切目線232cが設けられている側とは反対側に、縦方向(切目線232bと直角方向)に互いに平行な切目線234a、234bが形成されている。つまり、切目線234aと切目線234bは、互いに平行に形成され、連続した切込みにより形成されている。また、切目線234aは、切目線232aよりも内側(横方向の内側)に形成され、切目線234bは、切目線232cよりも内側(横方向の内側)に形成されている。以上のように、切目線234aと、切目線234bと、切目線232bと、切目線234a及び切目線234bの切目線232b側とは反対側の端部間を結ぶ直線状の折れ線C236により囲まれた領域が、片部236となる。この側面部230の横幅は、内箱部Aを外箱部B内に収納することができるように、側面部30の横幅よりも若干大きく形成されていて、側面部220の横幅と同一に形成されている。 Further, in the middle position from one end of the cut line 232b to the other end, the side opposite to the side where the cut line 232a and the cut line 232c are provided is in the vertical direction (direction perpendicular to the cut line 232b). ) Are parallel to each other. That is, the cut line 234a and the cut line 234b are formed in parallel with each other and are formed by continuous cuts. Further, the cut line 234a is formed inside the cut line 232a (inside in the lateral direction), and the cut line 234b is formed inside the cut line 232c (inside in the lateral direction). As described above, it is surrounded by a linear polygonal line C236 connecting the cut line 234a, the cut line 234b, the cut line 232b, and the ends of the cut line 234a and the cut line 234b on the opposite side to the cut line 232b side. The area is 236 on one side. The width of the side surface portion 230 is formed to be slightly larger than the width of the side surface portion 30 so that the inner box portion A can be stored in the outer box portion B, and is formed to be the same as the width of the side surface portion 220. Has been done.

また、背面部240は、側面部220の背面側の端部から折れ線C13を介して連設され、方形状を呈している。この背面部240の横幅は、正面部210の横幅と同一に形成され、内箱部Aを外箱部B内に収納することができるように、内箱部Aの左右方向の幅よりも若干大きく形成されている。 Further, the back surface portion 240 is continuously provided from the end portion on the back surface side of the side surface portion 220 via the polygonal line C13, and has a square shape. The width of the back surface 240 is formed to be the same as the width of the front surface 210, and is slightly larger than the width of the inner box A in the left-right direction so that the inner box A can be stored in the outer box B. It is formed large.

また、糊代部242は、側面部230の背面側の端部から折れ線C10を介して連設され、縦方向に細長の帯状台形形状を呈している。この糊代部242は、図2に示すように、その内側の面が背面部240の外側の面に接着されている。 Further, the glue margin portion 242 is continuously provided from the end portion on the back surface side of the side surface portion 230 via the polygonal line C10, and has an elongated strip-shaped trapezoidal shape in the vertical direction. As shown in FIG. 2, the glue margin portion 242 has an inner surface bonded to the outer surface of the back surface portion 240.

また、正面部210と側面部220、230と背面部240の縦幅は同一に形成されていて、内箱部Aの縦幅よりも大きく形成されている。すなわち、外箱部Bのスリーブ状部205の縦方向の長さは、内箱部Aのスリーブ状部5の縦方向の長さ(最大長さ)よりも大きく形成されている。 Further, the vertical widths of the front surface portion 210, the side surface portions 220, 230, and the back surface portion 240 are formed to be the same, and are formed to be larger than the vertical width of the inner box portion A. That is, the vertical length of the sleeve-shaped portion 205 of the outer box portion B is formed to be larger than the vertical length (maximum length) of the sleeve-shaped portion 5 of the inner box portion A.

なお、外箱部Bの展開状態において、折れ線C10と折れ線C11と折れ線C12と折れ線C13は互いに平行となっている。 In the unfolded state of the outer box portion B, the polygonal line C10, the polygonal line C11, the polygonal line C12, and the polygonal line C13 are parallel to each other.

また、フラップ部260は、正面部210の上端から折れ線を介して連設され、略方形状(略長方形状)を呈し、長方形状における両側の先端側の角部を面取りした形状を呈している。 Further, the flap portion 260 is continuously provided from the upper end of the front portion 210 via a polygonal line, has a substantially rectangular shape (substantially rectangular shape), and has a rectangular shape in which the corners on both end sides are chamfered. ..

また、蓋部270は、側面部220の上端から折れ線を介して連設され、略方形状(略長方形状)を呈し、長方形状における両側の先端側の角部を面取りした形状を呈している。 Further, the lid portion 270 is continuously provided from the upper end of the side surface portion 220 via a polygonal line, and has a substantially rectangular shape (substantially rectangular shape), and has a rectangular shape in which the corners on both end sides are chamfered. ..

また、蓋部280は、側面部230の上端から折れ線を介して連設され、略方形状(略長方形状)を呈し、長方形状における両側の先端側の角部を面取りした形状を呈している。この蓋部280は、蓋部270と同大同形状に形成されている。 Further, the lid portion 280 is continuously provided from the upper end of the side surface portion 230 via a polygonal line, and has a substantially rectangular shape (approximately rectangular shape), and has a rectangular shape in which the corners on both end sides are chamfered. .. The lid portion 280 is formed in the same shape as the lid portion 270.

また、フラップ部290は、背面部240の上端から折れ線を介して連設され、略方形状(略長方形状)を呈し、長方形状における両側の先端側の角部を面取りした形状を呈している。このフラップ部290は、フラップ部260と同大同形状に形成されている。 Further, the flap portion 290 is continuously provided from the upper end of the back surface portion 240 via a polygonal line, and has a substantially rectangular shape (substantially rectangular shape), and has a rectangular shape in which the corners on both end sides are chamfered. .. The flap portion 290 is formed in the same shape as the flap portion 260.

なお、蓋部270、280における先端側の辺部(スリーブ状部205側とは反対側の辺部)に対する面取りの角度は、フラップ部260、290における先端側の辺部(スリーブ状部205側とは反対側の辺部)に対する面取りの角度よりも小さく形成されている。 The chamfering angle of the lid portion 270 and 280 with respect to the tip side side portion (the side portion opposite to the sleeve-shaped portion 205 side) is the tip end side side portion of the flap portion 260 and 290 (sleeve-shaped portion 205 side). It is formed smaller than the chamfer angle with respect to the side opposite to the side).

これら蓋部270、280及びフラップ部260、290は、外箱部Bの上面を開閉するものであり、特に、蓋部270、280を閉状態とすることにより外箱部Bの上面が塞がれる。つまり、蓋部270、280の基端から先端までの長さは、正面部210及び背面部240の横方向の長さの半分であり、蓋部270、280を閉じた際には、蓋部270の先端と蓋部280の先端が接する。蓋部270、280及びフラップ部260、290は、いわゆるA式と言われるものである。なお、蓋部270、280及びフラップ部260、290は、予め上方に立設した状態になっていて、外箱部Bの上方が開口した状態になっている。 The lid portions 270 and 280 and the flap portions 260 and 290 open and close the upper surface of the outer box portion B. In particular, by closing the lid portions 270 and 280, the upper surface of the outer box portion B is closed. Is done. That is, the length from the base end to the tip of the lid portion 270 and 280 is half the lateral length of the front portion 210 and the back portion 240, and when the lid portion 270 and 280 are closed, the lid portion is closed. The tip of the 270 and the tip of the lid 280 are in contact with each other. The lid portion 270, 280 and the flap portion 260, 290 are of the so-called A type. The lid portion 270, 280 and the flap portion 260, 290 are in a state of being erected upward in advance, and a state in which the upper part of the outer box portion B is open.

また、正面部210と側面部220の境界位置の下側には縦長帯状の開口部K220が形成され、また、正面部210と側面部230の境界位置の下側には縦長帯状の切欠部K230が形成され、内箱部Aと外箱部Bとを接着した状態では、開口部K220の上端が正面部10と側面部20間の境界位置の上端と略一致し、切欠部K230の上端が正面部10と側面部30間の境界位置の上端と略一致し、特に、切欠部K230の上端が正面部10と側面部30間の境界位置の上端と係合している。 Further, a vertically long strip-shaped opening K220 is formed below the boundary position between the front portion 210 and the side surface portion 220, and a vertically long strip-shaped notch K230 is formed below the boundary position between the front portion 210 and the side surface portion 230. Is formed, and in a state where the inner box portion A and the outer box portion B are adhered to each other, the upper end of the opening K220 substantially coincides with the upper end of the boundary position between the front portion 10 and the side surface portion 20, and the upper end of the notch portion K230 is formed. It substantially coincides with the upper end of the boundary position between the front surface portion 10 and the side surface portion 30, and in particular, the upper end of the notch K230 is engaged with the upper end of the boundary position between the front surface portion 10 and the side surface portion 30.

外箱部Bを箱状に組み立てた状態では、正面部210と背面部240とが互いに平行になり、側面部220と側面部230とが互いに平行になる。また、スリーブ状部205を構成する各部材(正面部210、側面部220、230、背面部240)における隣接する部材は互いに直角(略直角としてもよい)となっている。 When the outer box portion B is assembled in a box shape, the front portion 210 and the back surface portion 240 are parallel to each other, and the side surface portion 220 and the side surface portion 230 are parallel to each other. Further, adjacent members in each member (front portion 210, side surface portion 220, 230, back surface portion 240) constituting the sleeve-shaped portion 205 are at right angles (may be substantially right angles) to each other.

次に、内箱部Aと外箱部Bとは、分離部24、34の箇所で互いに接着されている。つまり、分離部24の外側の面と側面部220(特に、片部224)の内側の面とが接着剤その他の接着手段により接着されるとともに、分離部34の外側の面と側面部230(特に、片部234)の内側の面とが接着剤その他の接着手段により接着されることにより、包装箱Pが全体に一体に形成される。つまり、分離部24の外側の面の全部又は一部の領域と側面部220の内側の面の間には接着剤層(図示せず)が設けられていて、同様に、分離部34の外側の面の全部又は一部の領域と側面部230の内側の面の間には接着剤層(図示せず)が設けられている。これにより、外箱部Bのスリーブ状部205は、内箱部Aにおけるスリーブ状部5の外側の面に沿って設けられ、例えば、正面部10の外側の面に沿って正面部210が設けられ、側面部20の外側の面に沿って側面部220が設けられ、側面部30の外側の面に沿って側面部230が設けられ、背面部40の外側の面に沿って背面部240が設けられている。該接着剤層の接着力は、外箱部Bの片部224を外側に回動させた際に、同時に分離部24の周囲の切目線24aが破れて、分離部24が内箱部Aから分離し、回動させた片部224に接着した状態で片部224に従動するように設定されていて、同様に、外箱部Bの片部234を外側に回動させた際に、同時に分離部34の周囲の切目線34aが破れて、分離部34が内箱部Aから分離し、回動させた片部234に接着した状態で片部234に従動するように設定されている。 Next, the inner box portion A and the outer box portion B are adhered to each other at the separation portions 24 and 34. That is, the outer surface of the separation portion 24 and the inner surface of the side surface portion 220 (particularly, the single portion 224) are adhered by an adhesive or other adhesive means, and the outer surface of the separation portion 34 and the side surface portion 230 (particularly, the side surface portion 230). In particular, the inner surface of the piece 234) is adhered to the inner surface by an adhesive or other adhesive means, so that the packaging box P is integrally formed as a whole. That is, an adhesive layer (not shown) is provided between all or a part of the outer surface of the separation portion 24 and the inner surface of the side surface portion 220, and similarly, the outside of the separation portion 34. An adhesive layer (not shown) is provided between all or a part of the surface of the surface and the inner surface of the side surface portion 230. As a result, the sleeve-shaped portion 205 of the outer box portion B is provided along the outer surface of the sleeve-shaped portion 5 in the inner box portion A, and for example, the front portion 210 is provided along the outer surface of the front portion 10. The side surface portion 220 is provided along the outer surface of the side surface portion 20, the side surface portion 230 is provided along the outer surface of the side surface portion 30, and the back surface portion 240 is provided along the outer surface of the back surface portion 40. It is provided. The adhesive force of the adhesive layer is such that when the piece 224 of the outer box portion B is rotated outward, the cut line 24a around the separation portion 24 is broken at the same time, and the separation portion 24 is separated from the inner box portion A. It is set to follow the piece 224 in a state of being separated and adhered to the rotated piece 224, and similarly, when the piece 234 of the outer box part B is rotated outward, at the same time. The cut line 34a around the separating portion 34 is broken, and the separating portion 34 is set to move from the inner box portion A and to follow the one portion 234 in a state of being adhered to the rotated one portion 234.

また、内箱部Aと外箱部Bとが接着された状態では、内箱部Aの下端と外箱部Bの下端とが同じ高さになるように形成されている。なお、内箱部Aと外箱部Bとは、分離部24、34の箇所以外は互いに接着されていない。 Further, in a state where the inner box portion A and the outer box portion B are adhered to each other, the lower end of the inner box portion A and the lower end of the outer box portion B are formed to have the same height. The inner box portion A and the outer box portion B are not adhered to each other except at the separation portions 24 and 34.

以上のように、内箱部Aは外箱部Bの内側に収納した状態となっていて、内箱部Aの底面部50以外は外箱部Bに被覆された状態となっている。つまり、外箱部Bの下端の高さ方向の位置は、内箱部Aの下端の高さ方向の位置と略同一であり、蓋部270、280を封止した状態では内箱部Aにおいては底面部50のみが露出している。 As described above, the inner box portion A is stored inside the outer box portion B, and the outer box portion B is covered with the exception of the bottom surface portion 50 of the inner box portion A. That is, the position of the lower end of the outer box portion B in the height direction is substantially the same as the position of the lower end of the inner box portion A in the height direction. Only the bottom surface 50 is exposed.

なお、上記構成の包装箱Pは、内箱部Aが上記のように折り畳むことができ、また、外箱部Bがスリーブ状部205を有し、全体に略スリーブ状を呈しているので、包装箱Pの状態においても平板状に折り畳むことができ、正面部210を側面部230に対して略平行になるようにし、かつ、側面部220を背面部240に対して略平行になるようにすることにより、図14に示すように平板状に折り畳むことができる。 In the packaging box P having the above configuration, the inner box portion A can be folded as described above, and the outer box portion B has a sleeve-shaped portion 205, so that the packaging box P has a substantially sleeve-like shape as a whole. Even in the state of the packaging box P, it can be folded into a flat plate shape so that the front portion 210 is substantially parallel to the side surface portion 230 and the side surface portion 220 is substantially parallel to the back surface portion 240. By doing so, it can be folded into a flat plate shape as shown in FIG.

なお、上記内箱部A及び外箱部Bにおいて、各折れ線の箇所には、予め罫線が形成されている。また、内箱部A及び外箱部Bにおいて、各折れ線は直線状となっている。 In the inner box portion A and the outer box portion B, a ruled line is formed in advance at each polygonal line. Further, in the inner box portion A and the outer box portion B, each polygonal line is linear.

上記構成の包装箱Pの製造工程について説明する。まず、展開状態の内箱部Aと外箱部Bとを製造する。 The manufacturing process of the packaging box P having the above configuration will be described. First, the inner box portion A and the outer box portion B in the unfolded state are manufactured.

次に、外箱部Bの内側の面に内箱部Aの外側の面を接着させる(第1接着工程)。つまり、展開状態の外箱部Bの内側の面を上側にして、片部224における分離部24との接着領域(図10のハッチングに示す領域)と片部234における分離部34との接着領域(図10のハッチングに示す領域)に接着剤を塗布して、展開状態の内箱部Aを図10に示すように重ねる。これにより、分離部24と片部224が接着され、分離部34と片部234が接着される。その際、外箱部Bのスリーブ状部205の下辺と内箱部Aのスリーブ状部5の下辺とが略一致する(一致するとしてもよい)ようにし、また、外箱部Bと内箱部Aとにおいて、折れ線C2と折れ線C12を一致させる。なお、スリーブ状部5とスリーブ状部205において、互いに対応する部材の横方向の長さは、外箱部Bの方が長く形成されているので、図10に示すように、折れ線C13は、折れ線C3に対して外側にずれ、折れ線C11は折れ線C1に対して外側にずれる。なお、外箱部Bのスリーブ状部205の下辺と内箱部Aのスリーブ状部5の下辺とを略一致させるので、内箱部が外箱部の下方から見えてしまい見栄えが悪くなることがない。 Next, the outer surface of the inner box portion A is adhered to the inner surface of the outer box portion B (first bonding step). That is, with the inner surface of the outer box portion B in the unfolded state facing upward, the adhesive region between the separated portion 24 in the single portion 224 (the region shown in the hatching in FIG. 10) and the separated portion 34 in the single portion 234. An adhesive is applied to (the region shown in the hatching of FIG. 10), and the inner box portion A in the unfolded state is overlapped as shown in FIG. As a result, the separation portion 24 and the piece portion 224 are adhered to each other, and the separation portion 34 and the piece portion 234 are adhered to each other. At that time, the lower side of the sleeve-shaped portion 205 of the outer box portion B and the lower side of the sleeve-shaped portion 5 of the inner box portion A are made to substantially match (may be matched), and the outer box portion B and the inner box are also made to coincide with each other. In the part A, the polygonal line C2 and the polygonal line C12 are made to coincide with each other. In the sleeve-shaped portion 5 and the sleeve-shaped portion 205, the lateral lengths of the members corresponding to each other are formed longer in the outer box portion B. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 10, the polygonal line C13 is formed. The polygonal line C3 is displaced outward with respect to the polygonal line C3, and the polygonal line C11 is displaced outward with respect to the polygonal line C1. Since the lower side of the sleeve-shaped portion 205 of the outer box portion B and the lower side of the sleeve-shaped portion 5 of the inner box portion A are substantially aligned with each other, the inner box portion can be seen from below the outer box portion, resulting in poor appearance. There is no.

次に、前正面部11に接着剤を塗布し(具体的には、図10のハッチングに示す領域に塗布する)、その後、後正面部12と傾斜部14と支持部16とからなる領域を折れ線C51、C52を介して前正面部11に対して折り返して、前正面部11と後正面部12とを接着させる(接着工程)。なお、前正面部11に接着剤を塗布する代わりに、後正面部12に接着剤を塗布してもよい。その後、傾斜部14と支持部16からなる領域を折れ線C6を介して後正面部12に対して折り返して、図11に示す状態とする。つまり、後正面部12が前正面部11に接着されるとともに、傾斜部14が後正面部12に対して折れ線C6を介して折り返した状態とする(接着・折り返し工程)。 Next, an adhesive is applied to the front front portion 11 (specifically, it is applied to the region shown in the hatching of FIG. 10), and then the region including the rear front portion 12, the inclined portion 14, and the support portion 16 is applied. It is folded back to the front front portion 11 via the folding lines C51 and C52 to bond the front front portion 11 and the rear front portion 12 (adhesion step). Instead of applying the adhesive to the front front portion 11, the adhesive may be applied to the rear front portion 12. After that, the region including the inclined portion 14 and the supporting portion 16 is folded back with respect to the rear front portion 12 via the polygonal line C6 to bring about the state shown in FIG. That is, the rear front surface portion 12 is adhered to the front front surface portion 11, and the inclined portion 14 is folded back with respect to the rear front surface portion 12 via the folding line C6 (adhesion / folding step).

なお、後正面部12を折れ線C51、C52を介して前正面部11に対して折り返す工程と、傾斜部14を折れ線C6を介して後正面部12に対して折り返す工程とを同時におこなってもよい。 The step of folding back the rear front surface portion 12 to the front front surface portion 11 via the polygonal lines C51 and C52 and the step of folding back the inclined portion 14 to the rear front surface portion 12 via the polygonal line C6 may be performed at the same time. ..

次に、内箱部Aの底面部50を構成する各部をスリーブ状部5に対して内側に折り返し、さらに、左底面部80の接着部86を本体部82に対して外側に折り返して、図12に示す状態とする(折り返し工程)。つまり、前底面部60を折れ線C21を介して正面部10側に折り返し、右底面部70を折れ線C22を介して側面部20側に折り返し、左底面部80を折れ線C20を介して側面部30側に折り返し、後底面部90を折れ線C23を介して背面部40側に折り返し、さらに、接着部86を本体部82に対して折り返す。 Next, each portion constituting the bottom surface portion 50 of the inner box portion A is folded back inward with respect to the sleeve-shaped portion 5, and further, the adhesive portion 86 of the left bottom surface portion 80 is folded back outward with respect to the main body portion 82. The state shown in 12 is set (folding step). That is, the front bottom surface 60 is folded back to the front surface 10 side via the polygonal line C21, the right bottom surface 70 is folded back to the side surface 20 side via the polygonal line C22, and the left bottom surface 80 is folded back to the side surface 30 side via the polygonal line C20. The rear bottom surface portion 90 is folded back toward the back surface portion 40 side via the folding line C23, and the adhesive portion 86 is further folded back with respect to the main body portion 82.

次に、接着部78の領域に接着剤を塗布して(図12のハッチングに示す領域に接着剤を塗布する)(接着剤塗布工程)、背面部240を折れ線C13を介して側面部220の側に内側に折り返す(折り返し工程)ことにより、背面部40を折れ線C3を介して側面部20側に折り返し、図13に示す状態とする。すると、接着部78が後底面部90に接着される(第2接着工程)。 Next, an adhesive is applied to the region of the adhesive portion 78 (the adhesive is applied to the region shown in the hatching in FIG. 12) (adhesive application step), and the back surface portion 240 is passed through the broken line C13 to the side surface portion 220. By folding back inward to the side (folding step), the back surface portion 40 is folded back to the side surface portion 20 side via the folding line C3, and the state shown in FIG. 13 is obtained. Then, the adhesive portion 78 is adhered to the rear bottom surface portion 90 (second bonding step).

次に、接着部86の領域と、糊代部49の領域と、糊代部242の領域に接着剤を塗布して(図13のハッチングに示す領域に接着剤を塗布する)(第2接着剤塗布工程)、側面部230を折れ線C11を介して正面部210の側に内側に折り返す(第2折り返し工程)ことにより、側面部30を折れ線C1を介して正面部10側に折り返し、図14に示す状態とする。すると、接着部86と前底面部60が接着され、糊代部49が側面部30に接着され、糊代部242が背面部240に接着される(第3接着工程)。ここで、傾斜部14の辺部14aが傾斜して形成されているので、側面部30、230を折り返す際に、傾斜部14が邪魔になることがない。なお、糊代部49の代わりに、側面部30における糊代部49との接着領域に接着剤を塗布してもよく、また、糊代部242の代わりに、背面部240における糊代部242との接着領域に接着剤を塗布してもよく、また、接着部86の代わりに、前底面部60における接着部86との接着領域に接着剤を塗布してもよい。以上のようにして、包装箱Pが製造される。なお、上記の製造は、組立て装置により自動で製造される。 Next, an adhesive is applied to the region of the adhesive portion 86, the region of the glue margin portion 49, and the region of the glue margin portion 242 (the adhesive is applied to the region shown in the hatching in FIG. 13) (second adhesion). Agent application step), the side surface portion 230 is folded back inward to the front portion 210 side via the folding line C11 (second folding step), so that the side surface portion 30 is folded back to the front portion 10 side via the folding line C1. It shall be in the state shown in. Then, the adhesive portion 86 and the front bottom surface portion 60 are adhered, the glue margin portion 49 is adhered to the side surface portion 30, and the glue margin portion 242 is adhered to the back surface portion 240 (third bonding step). Here, since the side portion 14a of the inclined portion 14 is formed so as to be inclined, the inclined portion 14 does not get in the way when the side surface portions 30 and 230 are folded back. Instead of the glue margin portion 49, an adhesive may be applied to the adhesive region of the side surface portion 30 with the glue margin portion 49, and instead of the glue margin portion 242, the glue margin portion 242 on the back surface portion 240 may be applied. An adhesive may be applied to the adhesive region with the adhesive portion 86, or instead of the adhesive portion 86, the adhesive may be applied to the adhesive region with the adhesive portion 86 on the front bottom surface portion 60. As described above, the packaging box P is manufactured. The above manufacturing is automatically manufactured by the assembling device.

なお、上記の製造工程において、左底面部80を側面部30側に折り返し、前底面部60を正面部10側に折り返し、さらに、接着部86を本体部82に対して折り返す工程は、背面部240を側面部220の側に折り返して、接着部78を後底面部90に接着した後で、接着部86の領域と、糊代部49の領域と、糊代部242の領域に接着剤を塗布する前に行ってもよい。左底面部80を側面部30側に折り返し、前底面部60を正面部10側に折り返し、さらに、接着部86を本体部82に対して折り返す工程と、その後に、接着部86と糊代部49、242に接着剤を塗布する工程が、第2折り返し・接着剤塗布工程となる。その場合、上記折り返し工程では、右底面部70と後底面部90を折り返し、その後、接着部78に接着剤を塗布することになる(第1折り返し・接着剤塗布工程)。 In the above manufacturing process, the step of folding the left bottom surface portion 80 toward the side surface portion 30, folding the front bottom surface portion 60 toward the front surface portion 10, and further folding back the adhesive portion 86 with respect to the main body portion 82 is the back surface portion. After 240 is folded back to the side surface portion 220 and the adhesive portion 78 is adhered to the rear bottom surface portion 90, an adhesive is applied to the region of the adhesive portion 86, the region of the glue margin portion 49, and the region of the glue margin portion 242. It may be done before application. A step of folding the left bottom surface portion 80 toward the side surface portion 30, folding the front bottom surface portion 60 toward the front surface portion 10 side, and further folding the adhesive portion 86 against the main body portion 82, and then the adhesive portion 86 and the glue margin portion. The step of applying the adhesive to 49 and 242 is the second folding / adhesive application step. In that case, in the folding step, the right bottom surface portion 70 and the rear bottom surface portion 90 are folded back, and then the adhesive is applied to the adhesive portion 78 (first folding / adhesive application step).

また、接着部86への接着剤の塗布は、左底面部80を折り返し接着部86を折り返した状態で行うとしたが、図11の状態で接着部86に接着剤を塗布した後に、左底面部80を図12に示す状態としてもよい(接着剤塗布・折り返し工程)。なお、図11の状態で接着部86に接着剤を塗布した後に、左底面部80を図12に示す状態とするのは、背面部240を側面部220の側に折り返して、接着部78を後底面部90に接着した後でもよい。 Further, the adhesive is applied to the adhesive portion 86 with the left bottom surface portion 80 folded back and the adhesive portion 86 folded back, but after applying the adhesive to the adhesive portion 86 in the state of FIG. 11, the left bottom surface portion 86 is applied. The portion 80 may be in the state shown in FIG. 12 (adhesive application / folding step). After applying the adhesive to the adhesive portion 86 in the state of FIG. 11, the state of the left bottom surface portion 80 as shown in FIG. 12 is that the back surface portion 240 is folded back to the side surface portion 220 and the adhesive portion 78 is formed. It may be after being adhered to the rear bottom surface portion 90.

上記構成の包装箱Pの使用状態について説明する。包装箱Pを使用しない状況では、包装箱Pは平板状に折り畳むことができるので、折り畳んで保管しておく。すなわち、外箱部Bがスリーブ状部205を有するとともに、内箱部Aがスリーブ状部5を有しているので、包装箱Pの状態においても扁平状(平板状としてもよい)に折り畳むことができ、正面部210と側面部230間の角度を小さくし、側面部220と背面部240間の角度を小さくすることにより、図14に示すように扁平状に折り畳むことができる。包装箱Pを折り畳むことにより、内箱部Aにおける正面部10と側面部30間の角度(第1角度)α11は、組立て状態における正面部10と側面部30間の角度(つまり、90度(略90度としてもよい))よりも小さく、内箱部Aにおける背面部40と側面部20間の角度(第2角度)α12は、組立て状態における背面部40と側面部20間の角度(つまり、90度(略90度としてもよい))よりも小さくなり、包装箱Pを扁平状に折り畳んで、右底面部70が側面部20に接した状態では、右底面部70は平板状となり、本体部82が側面部30接した状態では、本体部82と起立部88からなる領域は平板状となる。 The usage state of the packaging box P having the above configuration will be described. When the packaging box P is not used, the packaging box P can be folded into a flat plate shape, so that the packaging box P is folded and stored. That is, since the outer box portion B has the sleeve-shaped portion 205 and the inner box portion A has the sleeve-shaped portion 5, it can be folded into a flat shape (may be a flat plate shape) even in the state of the packaging box P. By reducing the angle between the front surface portion 210 and the side surface portion 230 and reducing the angle between the side surface portion 220 and the back surface portion 240, the product can be folded flat as shown in FIG. By folding the packaging box P, the angle (first angle) α11 between the front portion 10 and the side surface portion 30 in the inner box portion A becomes the angle (that is, 90 degrees) between the front surface portion 10 and the side surface portion 30 in the assembled state. It is smaller than (may be approximately 90 degrees)), and the angle (second angle) α12 between the back surface portion 40 and the side surface portion 20 in the inner box portion A is the angle between the back surface portion 40 and the side surface portion 20 in the assembled state (that is, that is). , 90 degrees (may be approximately 90 degrees)), and when the packaging box P is folded flat and the right bottom surface 70 is in contact with the side surface 20, the right bottom surface 70 becomes a flat plate. When the main body portion 82 is in contact with the side surface portion 30, the region including the main body portion 82 and the upright portion 88 has a flat plate shape.

なお、上記のように包装箱Pが製造された段階では、接着部78と本体部72が切目線78Kを介して連結されているので、右底面部70が平板状の状態に維持され、これにより、包装箱Pが扁平状に折り畳まれた状態が維持されるので、折り畳んだ状態の包装箱Pを保管・運搬する際に省スペースを図ることができる。 At the stage when the packaging box P is manufactured as described above, since the adhesive portion 78 and the main body portion 72 are connected via the cut line 78K, the right bottom surface portion 70 is maintained in a flat state. As a result, the packaging box P is maintained in a flatly folded state, so that space can be saved when storing and transporting the folded packaging box P.

次に、包装箱Pを使用する際に、包装箱Pを組み立てる。すなわち、外箱部Bにおける正面部210と背面部240とが互いに平行になり、側面部220と側面部230とが互いに平行になるようにするとともに、内箱部Aにおける正面部10と背面部40とが互いに平行になり、側面部20と側面部30とが互いに平行になるようにし、底面部50がスリーブ状部5、205に対して直角になるようにすることにより包装箱Pが立体状に組み立てられる。 Next, when using the packaging box P, the packaging box P is assembled. That is, the front portion 210 and the back portion 240 in the outer box portion B are parallel to each other, the side surface portion 220 and the side surface portion 230 are parallel to each other, and the front portion 10 and the back surface portion in the inner box portion A are parallel to each other. The packaging box P is three-dimensional by making the side surface portion 20 and the side surface portion 30 parallel to each other and the bottom surface portion 50 perpendicular to the sleeve-shaped portions 5 and 205 so that the 40 is parallel to each other and the side surface portion 20 and the side surface portion 30 are parallel to each other. Assembled into a shape.

なお、内箱部Aにおける正面部10と背面部40とが互いに平行になり、側面部20と側面部30とが互いに平行になるようにすることにより、底面部50が以下のように組み立てられる。 The front surface portion 10 and the back surface portion 40 of the inner box portion A are parallel to each other, and the side surface portion 20 and the side surface portion 30 are parallel to each other, so that the bottom surface portion 50 is assembled as follows. ..

すなわち、スリーブ状部5を広げていく(つまり、側面部20と背面部40間の角度(第2角度)を大きくするとともに、側面部30と正面部10間の角度(第1角度)を大きくする)と、接着部78が後底面部90に接着されているので、切目線78Kが破断して、接着部78が起立部76に対して折曲した状態になるとともに、本体部72が起立部74に対して折曲した状態となる。つまり、内箱部Aを折り畳んだ状態では、もともと起立部74、76は上下方向を向いており、側面部20と背面部40間の角度を大きくすることにより、本体部72は側面部20に対して下方に回動し、後底面部90は背面部40に対して下方に回動するが、起立部74、76は上下方向を向いたままとなるので、後底面部90に接着された接着部78は起立部76に対して折曲した状態となり、本体部72が起立部74に対して折曲した状態となる。つまり、起立部76と接着部78の関係では、起立部76は、接着部78に対して上側に折曲した状態となり、起立部74と本体部72の関係では、起立部74は、本体部72に対して上側に折曲した状態となる(図15参照)。また、スリーブ状部5を広げていくと、互いに対向していた本体部72と後底面部90が離れていくので、これにより切目線78Kが破断する。 That is, the sleeve-shaped portion 5 is widened (that is, the angle between the side surface portion 20 and the back surface portion 40 (second angle) is increased, and the angle between the side surface portion 30 and the front surface portion 10 (first angle) is increased. Then, since the adhesive portion 78 is adhered to the rear bottom surface portion 90, the cut line 78K is broken, the adhesive portion 78 is in a bent state with respect to the upright portion 76, and the main body portion 72 is upright. It is in a bent state with respect to the part 74. That is, in the state where the inner box portion A is folded, the upright portions 74 and 76 are originally oriented in the vertical direction, and by increasing the angle between the side surface portion 20 and the back surface portion 40, the main body portion 72 becomes the side surface portion 20. On the other hand, the rear bottom surface portion 90 rotates downward with respect to the back surface portion 40, but the standing portions 74 and 76 remain oriented in the vertical direction, so that the rear bottom surface portion 90 is adhered to the rear bottom surface portion 90. The adhesive portion 78 is in a bent state with respect to the upright portion 76, and the main body portion 72 is in a bent state with respect to the upright portion 74. That is, in the relationship between the upright portion 76 and the adhesive portion 78, the upright portion 76 is in a state of being bent upward with respect to the adhesive portion 78, and in the relationship between the upright portion 74 and the main body portion 72, the upright portion 74 is the main body portion. It is in a state of being bent upward with respect to 72 (see FIG. 15). Further, as the sleeve-shaped portion 5 is expanded, the main body portion 72 and the rear bottom surface portion 90 that are opposed to each other are separated from each other, so that the cut line 78K is broken.

その後、さらに、スリーブ状部5を広げていくと、起立部88が起立部74に接し、起立部88が起立部74に接することにより、起立部88が本体部82に対して上側に回動していく。なお、起立部88が起立部74に接する直前には、起立部88の辺部88c(起立部88が起立した状態における上辺)が右底面部70の本体部72の辺部72dに接しながら、起立部88が起立部74に近づいていき、起立部88の辺部88cが起立部74と起立部76間の角部75(折れ線C25に沿った角部)に接する。 After that, when the sleeve-shaped portion 5 is further expanded, the upright portion 88 comes into contact with the upright portion 74, and the upright portion 88 comes into contact with the upright portion 74, so that the upright portion 88 rotates upward with respect to the main body portion 82. I will do it. Immediately before the standing portion 88 comes into contact with the standing portion 74, the side portion 88c of the standing portion 88 (the upper side when the standing portion 88 stands up) is in contact with the side portion 72d of the main body portion 72 of the right bottom surface portion 70. The upright portion 88 approaches the upright portion 74, and the side portion 88c of the upright portion 88 touches the corner portion 75 (the corner portion along the polygonal line C25) between the upright portion 74 and the upright portion 76.

辺部88cが起立部74と起立部76間の角部75に接した後は、スリーブ状部5を広げていくと、辺部88cが該角部75に接するとともに辺部72dに接した状態で、起立部88が本体部82に対して回動しながら、起立部88が起立部74に対して背面側にスライドしていき、辺部88cにおける辺部72dと接する位置が辺部88cの正面側の端部にくると、起立部88の辺部88d(正面側の辺部)が辺部72dに接する。 After the side portion 88c is in contact with the corner portion 75 between the upright portion 74 and the upright portion 76, when the sleeve-shaped portion 5 is expanded, the side portion 88c is in contact with the corner portion 75 and in contact with the side portion 72d. Then, while the standing portion 88 rotates with respect to the main body portion 82, the standing portion 88 slides to the back side with respect to the standing portion 74, and the position of the side portion 88c in contact with the side portion 72d is the side portion 88c. When it comes to the end on the front side, the side portion 88d (the side portion on the front side) of the standing portion 88 comes into contact with the side portion 72d.

その後、さらに、スリーブ状部5を広げていくと、辺部88cが角部75に接するともに、辺部88dが辺部72dに接した状態で、起立部88が起立部74に対して背面側にスライドしながら起立部88が本体部82に対して回動していく。 After that, when the sleeve-shaped portion 5 is further expanded, the standing portion 88 is on the back side with respect to the standing portion 74 in a state where the side portion 88c is in contact with the corner portion 75 and the side portion 88d is in contact with the side portion 72d. The standing portion 88 rotates with respect to the main body portion 82 while sliding to.

すると、辺部88cが角部75に接するとともに、辺部88dが辺部72dに接した状態で、突状部84の辺部82f(傾斜した辺部)が角部75に接し、辺部88cと辺部82fが角部75に接するとともに、辺部88dが辺部72dに接した状態で、起立部88が起立部74に対して背面側にスライドしながら起立部88が本体部82に対して回動していき、辺部82fの辺部82g側の端部が角部75の位置に来るとともに、辺部88dが辺部72dの辺部72e側の端部に来て、突状部84の辺部82gが角部75(起立部76の左側面側の端部としてもよい)と係合するとともに、起立部88の辺部88d(起立部88の正面側の端部)が本体部72の辺部(係合用辺部)72eと係合して、底面部50が組み立てられ、内箱部Aが組立て状態となる。辺部82fが起立部76と係合するタイミングと、起立部88の辺部88dが本体部72の辺部72eと係合するタイミングは、同時(ほぼ同時としてもよい)である。底面部50が組み立てられた状態を示すと、図16、図17に示すようになる。 Then, with the side portion 88c in contact with the corner portion 75 and the side portion 88d in contact with the side portion 72d, the side portion 82f (inclined side portion) of the protruding portion 84 is in contact with the corner portion 75, and the side portion 88c With the side portion 82f in contact with the corner portion 75 and the side portion 88d in contact with the side portion 72d, the upright portion 88 slides to the back side with respect to the upright portion 74 while the upright portion 88 with respect to the main body portion 82. The end of the side 82f on the side 82g side comes to the position of the corner 75, and the side 88d comes to the end of the side 72d on the side 72e side. The side portion 82g of the 84 engages with the corner portion 75 (which may be the end portion on the left side surface side of the standing portion 76), and the side portion 88d of the standing portion 88 (the end portion on the front side of the standing portion 88) is the main body. The bottom surface portion 50 is assembled by engaging with the side portion (engagement side portion) 72e of the portion 72, and the inner box portion A is in the assembled state. The timing at which the side portion 82f engages with the upright portion 76 and the timing at which the side portion 88d of the upright portion 88 engages with the side portion 72e of the main body portion 72 are simultaneous (may be substantially simultaneous). The assembled state of the bottom surface portion 50 is shown in FIGS. 16 and 17.

なお、図15、図16は、内箱部Aの様子を分かりやすくするために、外箱部Bの構成を省略して内箱部Aのみを表している。また、図17は、内箱部Aが立体状に組み立てられて、底面部50が組み立てられた状態を分かりやすくするために、糊代部49による接着を解除して前正面部11と側面部20を同一平面上にあるようにした状態で示す斜視による説明図である。 In addition, in FIG. 15 and FIG. 16, in order to make it easy to understand the state of the inner box portion A, the configuration of the outer box portion B is omitted and only the inner box portion A is shown. Further, in FIG. 17, in order to make it easy to understand the state in which the inner box portion A is assembled in a three-dimensional shape and the bottom surface portion 50 is assembled, the adhesive by the glue margin portion 49 is released, and the front front portion 11 and the side surface portion are shown. It is explanatory drawing by the perspective which shows the state that 20 is on the same plane.

底面部50が組み立てられた状態では、起立部88は本体部82に対して略直角(直角としてもよい)に折曲して起立し、起立部74は本体部72に対して略直角(直角としてもよい)に折曲して起立し、起立部76は接着部78に対して略直角(直角としてもよい)に折曲して起立し、起立部76は起立部74に対して略直角(直角としてもよい)に折曲し、起立部88の起立部74側の面と起立部74の起立部88側の面が対向して(つまり、2つの面が向かい合わせとなる)、起立部88の起立部74側の面と起立部74の起立部88側の面の少なくとも一部が接した状態となる。 In the state where the bottom surface portion 50 is assembled, the standing portion 88 is bent at a substantially perpendicular angle (may be a right angle) to the main body portion 82 and stands up, and the standing portion 74 is substantially perpendicular (perpendicular) to the main body portion 72. The standing portion 76 is bent at a substantially right angle (may be a right angle) to the adhesive portion 78 and stands up, and the standing portion 76 is substantially perpendicular to the standing portion 74. It is bent (may be at right angles), and the surface of the upright portion 88 on the upright portion 74 side and the surface of the upright portion 74 on the upright portion 88 side face each other (that is, the two surfaces face each other) and stand up. At least a part of the surface of the portion 88 on the upright portion 74 side and the surface of the upright portion 74 on the upright portion 88 side are in contact with each other.

包装箱Pを立体状に組み立てたら、傾斜部14を後正面部12に対して回動した状態とし、支持部16が傾斜部14に対して回動して支持部16が上下方向を向くようにし、支持部16が背面部40の内側の面に接し、脚部18−1、18−2が後底面部90の上面に接するようにする。すると、傾斜部14は、起立部74、76、88に接し、水平方向(前底面部60、本体部72、82、後底面部90)に対して傾斜した状態となる。なお、底面部50を組み立てた際の起立部74と起立部76と起立部88の上方への突出度合いによっては、傾斜部14の底面が起立部74、76、88の全てに接するとは限らない場合もあり、その場合でも、傾斜部14の底面は、少なくとも起立部74、76、88のいずれかに接する。なお、起立部74、76、88の全てが接しない場合でも、起立部88は起立部74よりも前後方向に長く伸び、左右方向に伸びるのは起立部76であるので、実際には、傾斜部14は、少なくとも起立部88と起立部76には接するといえる。 After the packaging box P is assembled in a three-dimensional shape, the inclined portion 14 is in a state of being rotated with respect to the rear front portion 12, and the supporting portion 16 is rotated with respect to the inclined portion 14 so that the supporting portion 16 faces in the vertical direction. The support portion 16 is in contact with the inner surface of the back surface portion 40, and the legs 18-1 and 18-2 are in contact with the upper surface of the rear bottom surface portion 90. Then, the inclined portion 14 is in contact with the standing portions 74, 76, 88 and is in a state of being inclined with respect to the horizontal direction (front bottom surface portion 60, main body portions 72, 82, rear bottom surface portion 90). Depending on the degree of upward protrusion of the upright portion 74, the upright portion 76, and the upright portion 88 when the bottom surface portion 50 is assembled, the bottom surface of the inclined portion 14 may not come into contact with all of the upright portions 74, 76, 88. In some cases, the bottom surface of the inclined portion 14 is in contact with at least one of the standing portions 74, 76, 88. Even if all of the standing portions 74, 76, and 88 do not come into contact with each other, the standing portion 88 extends longer in the front-rear direction than the standing portion 74, and it is the standing portion 76 that extends in the left-right direction. It can be said that the portion 14 is in contact with at least the standing portion 88 and the standing portion 76.

傾斜部14が起立部74、76、88に接した状態では、スリーブ状部5の下辺(前正面部11の下辺と側面部20、30の下辺と背面部40の下辺)により囲まれる仮想平面(内箱部Aの設置面としてもよい)に介して傾斜した状態となる。 When the inclined portion 14 is in contact with the standing portions 74, 76, 88, a virtual plane surrounded by the lower side of the sleeve-shaped portion 5 (the lower side of the front front portion 11, the lower side of the side surface portions 20, 30 and the lower side of the back surface portion 40). It is in an inclined state through (may be the installation surface of the inner box portion A).

なお、スリーブ状部5を広げて内箱部Aを組み立てた状態(つまり、内箱部Aの組立て状態)とすると、後正面部12に対して折り返された傾斜部14は、折り返される前の状態に戻ろうとして、自然に背面側に回動した状態となるので、連結部17を指でつかんで下方に押し込むことにより、傾斜部14の左側面側の辺部14aが糊代部49に接して、辺部14aと糊代部49間の摩擦により、少なくとも支持部16の上辺が背面部40の内側の面に接する状態を維持することができ、傾斜部14が傾斜状態から上方に浮き上がるのを防止することができる。なお、商品を傾斜部14に載置しない状態では、傾斜部14が起立部74、76、88に接することなく、脚部18−1、18−2が後底面部90に接しない場合でも、商品を傾斜部14に載置することにより、その重みで傾斜部14が起立部74、76、88に接するとともに、脚部18−1、18−2が後底面部90に接することになる。 When the sleeve-shaped portion 5 is expanded and the inner box portion A is assembled (that is, the inner box portion A is assembled), the inclined portion 14 folded back with respect to the rear front portion 12 is before being folded back. Since it naturally rotates to the back side in an attempt to return to the state, by grasping the connecting portion 17 with a finger and pushing it downward, the side portion 14a on the left side surface side of the inclined portion 14 becomes the glue margin portion 49. In contact with each other, the friction between the side portion 14a and the glue margin portion 49 can maintain a state in which at least the upper side of the support portion 16 is in contact with the inner surface of the back surface portion 40, and the inclined portion 14 rises upward from the inclined state. Can be prevented. In the state where the product is not placed on the inclined portion 14, even if the inclined portion 14 does not touch the standing portions 74, 76 and 88 and the legs 18-1 and 18-2 do not contact the rear bottom surface portion 90. By placing the product on the inclined portion 14, the inclined portion 14 comes into contact with the standing portions 74, 76, 88 and the legs 18-1, 18-2 come into contact with the rear bottom surface portion 90 due to the weight thereof.

そして、図18に示すように、包装箱Pの上方から複数の商品(被収納物)Gを内箱部A内に収納する。図18は、袋状の商品である例を示しているが、他の商品であってもよい。なお、蓋部270、280及びフラップ部260、290は、予め上方に立設した状態になっていて、外箱部Bの上方が開口した状態になっているので、商品Gはそのまま包装箱Pの上方から収納すればよい。その後、フラップ部260、290を閉じた後に蓋部270、280を閉じて、図19に示すように、接着テープTを外箱部Bの正面部210から上面を経て背面部240側にまで接着させることにより、蓋部270、280を封止する。 Then, as shown in FIG. 18, a plurality of products (objects to be stored) G are stored in the inner box portion A from above the packaging box P. FIG. 18 shows an example of a bag-shaped product, but other products may be used. Since the lid portion 270, 280 and the flap portion 260, 290 are in a state of being erected upward in advance and the upper part of the outer box portion B is in an open state, the product G remains as it is in the packaging box P. It can be stored from above. Then, after closing the flap portions 260 and 290, the lid portions 270 and 280 are closed, and as shown in FIG. 19, the adhesive tape T is adhered from the front portion 210 of the outer box portion B to the back portion 240 side via the upper surface. The lid portion 270 and 280 are sealed.

以上のようにして、商品Gを包装箱Pに包装したら、商品Gを収納した包装箱Pを商品Gを陳列する場所に搬送する。 After the product G is packaged in the packaging box P as described above, the packaging box P containing the product G is transported to the place where the product G is displayed.

その後、商品を陳列する場合には、外箱部Bを内箱部Aから分離する。すなわち、外箱部Bの側面部220の片部226を内側に押し込むことにより片部224の先端に指を引っかけることができるようにした後に、片部224を外側に回動させて、図20に示す状態とする。つまり、折れ線C224が回動軸となって片部224が上下方向に回動する。 After that, when displaying the products, the outer box portion B is separated from the inner box portion A. That is, after making it possible to hook a finger on the tip of the piece 224 by pushing the piece 226 of the side surface 220 of the outer box part B inward, the piece 224 is rotated outward to show FIG. The state shown in. That is, the polygonal line C224 serves as a rotation axis, and the piece 224 rotates in the vertical direction.

同様に、外箱部Bの側面部230の片部236を内側に押し込むことにより片部234の先端に指を引っかけることができるようにした後に、片部234を外側に回動させる。つまり、折れ線C234が回動軸となって片部234が上下方向に回動する。なお、片部224、234が回動する際の回動軸となる折れ線C224、C234の箇所には、罫線を形成しておかなくても片部224、234を回動させることにより自然と折れ線が形成されるが、予め該折れ線の箇所に罫線を形成しておいてもよい。 Similarly, the piece 234 of the side surface 230 of the outer box B is pushed inward so that a finger can be hooked on the tip of the piece 234, and then the piece 234 is rotated outward. That is, the polygonal line C234 serves as a rotation axis, and the piece 234 rotates in the vertical direction. It should be noted that, even if a ruled line is not formed at the points of the polygonal lines C224 and C234 that serve as the rotation axis when the one part 224 and 234 rotate, the polygonal line is naturally formed by rotating the one part 224 and 234. However, a ruled line may be formed in advance at the location of the polygonal line.

すると、外箱部Bの片部224を外側に回動させた際に、同時に分離部24の周囲の切目線24aが破れて、分離部24が内箱部A(具体的には、本体部22)から分離し、回動させた片部224に接着した状態で片部224に従動する。同様に、外箱部Bの片部234を外側に回動させた際に、同時に分離部34の周囲の切目線34aが破れて、分離部34が内箱部A(具体的には、本体部32)から分離し、回動させた片部234に接着した状態で片部234に従動する。 Then, when the piece 224 of the outer box portion B is rotated outward, the cut line 24a around the separation portion 24 is broken at the same time, and the separation portion 24 becomes the inner box portion A (specifically, the main body portion). Separated from 22) and adhered to the rotated piece 224, the piece 224 is driven. Similarly, when the piece 234 of the outer box portion B is rotated outward, the cut line 34a around the separation portion 34 is broken at the same time, and the separation portion 34 becomes the inner box portion A (specifically, the main body). Separated from the part 32) and adhered to the rotated piece 234, the piece 234 is driven.

そして、図21に示すように、外箱部Bを上方に引き上げることにより、商品Gを収納した状態で、かつ、分離部24、34が分離した状態の内箱部Aが残るので、商品Gを収納した状態で内箱部Aを陳列する。なお、包装箱Pにおける内箱部Aにおいては、正面部10に切欠部K10が儲けられているので、正面部10側を陳列における正面側として陳列することにより、正面側から商品Gを視認することができる。つまり、商品Gを内箱部Aの上方から視認できるとともに、内箱部Aの正面部10側から視認することができる。 Then, as shown in FIG. 21, by pulling up the outer box portion B upward, the inner box portion A in the state where the product G is stored and the separated portions 24 and 34 are separated remains. The inner box part A is displayed in a state where the items are stored. In the inner box portion A of the packaging box P, since the notch portion K10 is profitable in the front portion 10, the product G is visually recognized from the front side by displaying the front portion 10 side as the front side in the display. be able to. That is, the product G can be visually recognized from above the inner box portion A, and can be visually recognized from the front portion 10 side of the inner box portion A.

なお、内箱部Aの組立て状態において、商品Gは、傾斜部14の上面に載置されていて、傾斜部14は、正面部10側に向けて下方となるように傾斜しているので、商品Gは、傾斜状態で陳列され、正面部10側にスライドしやすくなり、商品Gを正面側から取り出しやすくすることができ、商品を正面側に移動させる作業を行う必要がない。つまり、手前の商品が取り出されると、商品Gの重みで傾斜部14に載置された商品Gが正面部10側にスライドして、商品Gを常に正面側に位置させることができる。 In the assembled state of the inner box portion A, the product G is placed on the upper surface of the inclined portion 14, and the inclined portion 14 is inclined so as to be downward toward the front portion 10 side. The product G is displayed in an inclined state and can be easily slid to the front portion 10 side, the product G can be easily taken out from the front side, and it is not necessary to perform the work of moving the product to the front side. That is, when the product in the foreground is taken out, the product G placed on the inclined portion 14 slides toward the front portion 10 due to the weight of the product G, so that the product G can always be positioned on the front side.

また、傾斜部14の底面が、起立部74、76、88により支持されて傾斜部14の傾斜状態が保たれるので、傾斜部14が傾斜方向に長く形成されたり、重量の重い商品を載せた場合でも、傾斜部14が下方に撓むことなく、商品の傾斜状態での陳列を行なうことができる。特に、起立部74、88が前後方向に伸びて起立し、起立部76が左右方向に伸びて起立するので、傾斜部14の傾斜状態が安定して保たれる。また、傾斜部14は、支持部16によっても支持されるので、支持部16によっても傾斜部14の傾斜状態を保つことができ、特に、傾斜部14における起立部88よりも背面側の領域が下方に撓むことがない。 Further, since the bottom surface of the inclined portion 14 is supported by the standing portions 74, 76, 88 to maintain the inclined state of the inclined portion 14, the inclined portion 14 is formed long in the inclined direction, or a heavy product is placed on the inclined portion 14. Even in this case, the product can be displayed in an inclined state without the inclined portion 14 bending downward. In particular, since the standing portions 74 and 88 extend in the front-rear direction to stand up and the standing portions 76 extend in the left-right direction to stand up, the inclined state of the inclined portion 14 is stably maintained. Further, since the inclined portion 14 is also supported by the supporting portion 16, the inclined portion 14 can be maintained in the inclined state by the supporting portion 16, and in particular, the region of the inclined portion 14 on the back side of the standing portion 88 is formed. Does not bend downward.

また、傾斜部14が起立部74、76、88により支持された状態では、起立部74の辺部74cと起立部88の辺部88cは、傾斜部14の底面に沿った状態となるので、傾斜部14の傾斜状態を安定させることができる。なお、底面部50が組み立てられた状態では、起立部76は、左右方向に向いているので、傾斜した傾斜部14を支持するのに支障がない。 Further, when the inclined portion 14 is supported by the standing portions 74, 76, 88, the side portion 74c of the standing portion 74 and the side portion 88c of the standing portion 88 are in a state along the bottom surface of the inclined portion 14. The inclined state of the inclined portion 14 can be stabilized. In the state where the bottom surface portion 50 is assembled, the standing portion 76 faces in the left-right direction, so that there is no problem in supporting the inclined inclined portion 14.

また、支持部16には連結部17が設けられていて、傾斜部14の傾斜状態では、連結部17が傾斜部14の背面側の端部から立設した状態となるので(図4参照)、傾斜部14に載置された商品が傾斜部14の背面部40側から落下するおそれがない。すなわち、前後方向に厚みの薄い商品の場合に、連結部17が設けられていないと傾斜部14の背面部40側の端部から傾斜部14と背面部40の隙間に落下するおそれがあるが、連結部17が設けられているので、そのおそれがない。 Further, the support portion 16 is provided with the connecting portion 17, and in the inclined state of the inclined portion 14, the connecting portion 17 is in a state of being erected from the end portion on the back surface side of the inclined portion 14 (see FIG. 4). , There is no possibility that the product placed on the inclined portion 14 will fall from the back surface portion 40 side of the inclined portion 14. That is, in the case of a product having a thin thickness in the front-rear direction, if the connecting portion 17 is not provided, the product may fall from the end portion of the inclined portion 14 on the back surface portion 40 side into the gap between the inclined portion 14 and the back surface portion 40. Since the connecting portion 17 is provided, there is no risk of this.

また、上記の実施例1の説明によれば、後正面部12が前正面部11から連設され、傾斜部14が後正面部12から連設されているとしたが、後正面部12と傾斜部14と支持部16からなる構成を背面部40の上辺から連設してもよい。すなわち、背面部40を前正面部11のように切欠部が形成された構成とし、背面部40の上辺から後正面部12と同様の構成の後背面部を連設し、さらに、後背面部の背面部40とは反対側の辺部から傾斜部14を連設し、さらに、傾斜部14から支持部16を連設する。なお、正面部10においては、後正面部12は形成されず、前正面部11には切欠部は形成されない。 Further, according to the above description of the first embodiment, it is assumed that the rear front portion 12 is continuously provided from the front front portion 11 and the inclined portion 14 is continuously provided from the rear front portion 12, but the rear front portion 12 and the rear front portion 12 are connected. A configuration including the inclined portion 14 and the support portion 16 may be continuously provided from the upper side of the back surface portion 40. That is, the back surface portion 40 is configured to have a notch formed like the front front surface portion 11, and the rear back surface portion having the same configuration as the rear front surface portion 12 is continuously provided from the upper side of the back surface portion 40, and further, the rear back surface portion is further provided. The inclined portion 14 is continuously provided from the side portion opposite to the back surface portion 40 of the above, and further, the supporting portion 16 is continuously provided from the inclined portion 14. The rear front surface portion 12 is not formed in the front surface portion 10, and the notch portion is not formed in the front front surface portion 11.

この場合には、傾斜部は、背面側から正面側に向けて上方となるように傾斜するので、起立部74における辺部74cと起立部88における辺部88cは、背面側から正面側に向けて上側となるように傾斜する(つまり、傾斜方向が逆になる)。なお、起立部88には、突状部84のための切欠部が設けられ、辺部74cの傾斜方向を逆にすると、辺部74cと切欠部とが干渉するおそれがあるので、起立部88を突状部84よりも正面側のみに設けてもよい。 In this case, since the inclined portion is inclined upward from the back side to the front side, the side portion 74c in the standing portion 74 and the side portion 88c in the standing portion 88 are directed from the back side to the front side. Tilt to the upper side (that is, the tilt direction is reversed). The upright portion 88 is provided with a notch for the protruding portion 84, and if the inclination direction of the side portion 74c is reversed, the side portion 74c and the notch portion may interfere with each other. May be provided only on the front side of the protruding portion 84.

実施例2の包装箱P’は、実施例1の包装箱Pと略同様の構成であり、内箱部の構成のみが異なる。 The packaging box P'of the second embodiment has substantially the same configuration as the packaging box P of the first embodiment, and only the configuration of the inner box portion is different.

すなわち、実施例2の包装箱における内箱部A’は、図22〜図24に示すように構成され、正面部10に切欠部を形成する代わりに、背面部40の上側に切欠部K40が形成されている。 That is, the inner box portion A'in the packaging box of the second embodiment is configured as shown in FIGS. 22 to 24, and instead of forming the notch portion on the front portion 10, the notch portion K40 is provided on the upper side of the back surface portion 40. It is formed.

すなわち、背面部40は方形状の上側に切欠部K40を設けた形状を呈し、背面部40の上側の辺部は、側面部20の上辺から連設され、左右方向に直線状に形成された辺部40aと、辺部40aの端部から連設され、略円弧状に直線状に形成された辺部40bと、辺部40bの端部から連設され、略上下方向に形成された直線状の辺部40cと、辺部40cの端部から連設され、略円弧状に形成された辺部40dと、辺部40dの端部から連設され、左右方向に直線状に形成された辺部40eと、辺部40eの端部から連設され、略円弧状に形成された辺部40fと、辺部40fの端部から連設され、略上下方向に直線状に形成された辺部40gと、辺部40gの端部から連設され、略円弧状に形成された辺部40hと、辺部40hの端部から連設され、左右方向に直線状に形成された辺部40iとを有している。辺部40aと辺部40iは、同一直線状に形成され、辺部40cは、下方にいくに従い左側面側となるように折れ線C3、C4の方向に対して傾斜し、辺部40gは、下方にいくに従い右側面側となるように折れ線C3、C4の方向に対して傾斜している。辺部40cと辺部40gはテーパ状となっている。 That is, the back surface portion 40 has a shape in which the notch portion K40 is provided on the upper side of the square shape, and the upper side portion of the back surface portion 40 is continuously provided from the upper side of the side surface portion 20 and is formed linearly in the left-right direction. A straight line formed from the edge 40a and the end of the side 40a and formed in a substantially arcuate linear shape, and a straight line formed from the end of the side 40b in a substantially vertical direction. A side portion 40c having a shape and a side portion 40d connected from the end portion of the side portion 40c and formed in a substantially arc shape, and a side portion 40d connected from the end portion of the side portion 40d, formed linearly in the left-right direction. A side portion 40e and a side portion 40f connected from the end portion of the side portion 40e and formed in a substantially arc shape, and a side portion connected from the end portion of the side portion 40f and formed substantially linearly in the vertical direction. A side portion 40i connected from the end portion of the portion 40g and the side portion 40g and formed in a substantially arc shape, and a side portion 40i connected from the end portion of the side portion 40h and formed linearly in the left-right direction. And have. The side portion 40a and the side portion 40i are formed in the same linear shape, the side portion 40c is inclined with respect to the direction of the polygonal lines C3 and C4 so as to be on the left side surface side as it goes downward, and the side portion 40g is downward. It is inclined with respect to the direction of the polygonal lines C3 and C4 so as to be on the right side as it goes toward. The side portion 40c and the side portion 40g are tapered.

なお、実施例2においては、前正面部11と後正面部12には切欠部は形成されていない。 In the second embodiment, notches are not formed in the front front portion 11 and the rear front portion 12.

内箱部A’の構成は、上記の点以外は実施例1の内箱部Aと同様の構成であるので、詳しい説明を省略する。 Since the configuration of the inner box portion A'is the same as that of the inner box portion A of the first embodiment except for the above points, detailed description thereof will be omitted.

また、実施例2の包装箱P’における外箱部Bは、実施例1おける外箱部Bと同様の構成であるので、詳しい説明を省略する。 Further, since the outer box portion B in the packaging box P'of the second embodiment has the same configuration as the outer box portion B in the first embodiment, detailed description thereof will be omitted.

また、実施例2の包装箱の製造方法は、内箱部として、内箱部A’を用いる以外は実施例1の包装箱の場合と同様であるので、詳しい説明を省略する。 Further, the method of manufacturing the packaging box of Example 2 is the same as that of the packaging box of Example 1 except that the inner box portion A'is used as the inner box portion, and thus detailed description thereof will be omitted.

実施例2の内箱部A’においては、切欠部K40が背面部40に設けられているので、商品の陳列に際しては、背面部40を陳列における正面側として使用する。つまり、内箱部A’を陳列における正面側から見た斜視図は図23のようになり、内箱部A’を陳列における背面側から見た斜視図は図24のようになる。 In the inner box portion A'of the second embodiment, since the cutout portion K40 is provided on the back surface portion 40, the back surface portion 40 is used as the front side in the display when displaying the products. That is, the perspective view of the inner box portion A'viewed from the front side in the display is as shown in FIG. 23, and the perspective view of the inner box portion A'viewed from the back side in the display is as shown in FIG. 24.

すると、商品を陳列した状態では、傾斜部14は、陳列における正面側から背面側に向けて下方に傾斜した状態となるので、陳列された商品の正面側が斜め上向きとなるので、商品の正面側の面を斜め上方から視認しやすくすることができる。 Then, in the state where the products are displayed, the inclined portion 14 is in a state of being inclined downward from the front side to the back side in the display, so that the front side of the displayed products is obliquely upward, so that the front side of the products It is possible to make it easier to see the surface of the product from diagonally above.

なお、実施例2の包装箱の使用状態は、陳列に際して、背面部40側を陳列における正面側として使用する以外は実施例1の包装箱と同様であるので、詳しい説明を省略する。 The usage state of the packaging box of the second embodiment is the same as that of the packaging box of the first embodiment except that the back surface 40 side is used as the front side of the display at the time of display, so detailed description thereof will be omitted.

なお、実施例2においては、陳列における正面側から商品を取り出していくとすると、商品が傾斜部14の上面をスライドする必要がないので、商品の重量が重い、商品の底面がスライドしにくい素材により形成されている等商品が傾斜部14上をスライドしにくい場合には、実施例2の内箱部A’を用いるのが好ましく、一方、商品の重量が軽い、商品の底面がスライドしやすい素材により形成されている等商品が傾斜部14上をスライドしやすい場合には、実施例1の内箱部Aを用いるのが好ましいといえる。 In the second embodiment, if the product is taken out from the front side of the display, the product does not need to slide on the upper surface of the inclined portion 14, so that the weight of the product is heavy and the bottom surface of the product is difficult to slide. When the product is difficult to slide on the inclined portion 14, it is preferable to use the inner box portion A'of Example 2, while the weight of the product is light and the bottom surface of the product is easy to slide. When the product, which is made of a material, easily slides on the inclined portion 14, it can be said that it is preferable to use the inner box portion A of the first embodiment.

また、実施例2の包装箱P’においても、傾斜部14は、支持部16により支持されるのみならず、起立部74、76、88により支持されるので、傾斜部14が傾斜方向に長く形成されたり、重量の重い商品を載せた場合でも、傾斜部14が下方に撓むことなく、商品の傾斜状態での陳列を行なうことができる。特に、起立部74、88が前後方向に伸びて起立し、起立部76が左右方向に伸びて起立するので、傾斜部14の傾斜状態が安定して保たれる。 Further, also in the packaging box P'of the second embodiment, the inclined portion 14 is supported not only by the supporting portion 16 but also by the standing portions 74, 76, 88, so that the inclined portion 14 is long in the inclined direction. Even when a product is formed or a heavy product is placed on the product, the product can be displayed in an inclined state without the inclined portion 14 bending downward. In particular, since the standing portions 74 and 88 extend in the front-rear direction to stand up and the standing portions 76 extend in the left-right direction to stand up, the inclined state of the inclined portion 14 is stably maintained.

また、実施例2の包装箱P’においても、傾斜部14が起立部74、76、88により支持された状態では、起立部74の辺部74cと起立部88の辺部88cは、傾斜部14の底面に沿った状態となるので、傾斜部14の傾斜状態を安定させることができる。なお、底面部50が組み立てられた状態では、起立部76は、左右方向に向いているので、傾斜した傾斜部14を支持するのに支障がない。 Further, also in the packaging box P'of the second embodiment, when the inclined portion 14 is supported by the upright portions 74, 76, 88, the side portion 74c of the upright portion 74 and the side portion 88c of the upright portion 88 are inclined portions. Since the state is along the bottom surface of 14, the inclined state of the inclined portion 14 can be stabilized. In the state where the bottom surface portion 50 is assembled, the standing portion 76 faces in the left-right direction, so that there is no problem in supporting the inclined inclined portion 14.

また、実施例2の包装箱P’においても、支持部16には連結部17が設けられていて、傾斜部14の傾斜状態では、連結部17が傾斜部14の背面部40側の端部から立設した状態となるので(図24参照)、傾斜部14に載置された商品が傾斜部14の背面部40側から落下するおそれがない。 Further, also in the packaging box P'of the second embodiment, the support portion 16 is provided with the connecting portion 17, and when the inclined portion 14 is in an inclined state, the connecting portion 17 is an end portion of the inclined portion 14 on the back surface portion 40 side. Since it is in an upright state (see FIG. 24), there is no possibility that the product placed on the inclined portion 14 will fall from the back surface portion 40 side of the inclined portion 14.

なお、実施例2において、切欠部K40の代わりに開口部としてもよい。つまり、スリーブ状部5の上下方向の高さを図示する構成よりも高くして、背面部40に開口部を形成し、該開口部から商品を視認したり、商品を取り出すことができるようにしてもよい。 In Example 2, an opening may be used instead of the notch K40. That is, the height of the sleeve-shaped portion 5 in the vertical direction is made higher than the configuration shown in the drawing, and an opening is formed in the back surface portion 40 so that the product can be visually recognized and the product can be taken out from the opening. You may.

また、上記の実施例2の説明によれば、後正面部12が前正面部11から連設され、傾斜部14が後正面部12から連設されているとしたが、後正面部12と傾斜部14と支持部16からなる構成を背面部40の上辺から連設してもよい。すなわち、背面部40を切欠部K40が省略された構成とし、背面部40の上辺から後正面部12と同様の構成の後背面部を連設し、さらに、後背面部の背面部40とは反対側の辺部から傾斜部14を連設し、さらに、傾斜部14から支持部16を連設する。なお、正面部10においては、後正面部12は形成されず、前正面部11には切欠部K40と同様の切欠部が形成される。 Further, according to the above description of the second embodiment, it is assumed that the rear front portion 12 is continuously provided from the front front portion 11 and the inclined portion 14 is continuously provided from the rear front portion 12, but the rear front portion 12 and the rear front portion 12 are connected. A configuration including the inclined portion 14 and the support portion 16 may be continuously provided from the upper side of the back surface portion 40. That is, the back surface portion 40 has a configuration in which the notch portion K40 is omitted, and the rear back surface portion having the same configuration as the rear front surface portion 12 is continuously provided from the upper side of the back surface portion 40. An inclined portion 14 is continuously provided from the side portion on the opposite side, and a support portion 16 is continuously provided from the inclined portion 14. In the front portion 10, the rear front portion 12 is not formed, and the front front portion 11 is formed with a notch portion similar to the notch portion K40.

この場合には、傾斜部は、背面側から正面側に向けて上方となるように傾斜するので、起立部74における辺部74cと起立部88における辺部88cは、背面側から正面側に向けて上側となるように傾斜する(つまり、傾斜方向が逆になる)。なお、起立部88には、突状部84のための切欠部が設けられ、辺部74cの傾斜方向を逆にすると、辺部74cと切欠部とが干渉するおそれがあるので、起立部88を突状部84よりも正面側のみに設けてもよい。 In this case, since the inclined portion is inclined upward from the back side to the front side, the side portion 74c in the standing portion 74 and the side portion 88c in the standing portion 88 are directed from the back side to the front side. Tilt to the upper side (that is, the tilt direction is reversed). The upright portion 88 is provided with a notch for the protruding portion 84, and if the inclination direction of the side portion 74c is reversed, the side portion 74c and the notch portion may interfere with each other. May be provided only on the front side of the protruding portion 84.

なお、実施例1及び実施例2の包装箱によれば、上方が開口した包装箱に対して上方から被収納物である商品を収納して、蓋部270、280を閉じて1つの接着テープTにより封止するのみであるので、容易に商品の梱包作業を行うことができる。 According to the packaging boxes of Examples 1 and 2, the product to be stored is stored from above in the packaging box having an opening at the top, and the lids 270 and 280 are closed to provide one adhesive tape. Since it is only sealed with T, the product can be easily packed.

さらに、実施例1及び実施例2の包装箱の製造方法によれば、上記のように、外箱部Bと内箱部A(又は内箱部A’)を重ねて接着した後に、前正面部11と後正面部12を接着した後に、底面部50を構成する各部をスリーブ状部5に対して折り返して、所定の領域に接着剤を塗布した後に、折り返す工程を2回行う(つまり、図12の状態から図13の状態への工程と、図13の状態から図14の状態への工程)ことにより製造することができるので、包装箱の製造が容易となる。 Further, according to the packaging box manufacturing methods of Examples 1 and 2, as described above, the outer box portion B and the inner box portion A (or the inner box portion A') are overlapped and adhered to each other, and then the front surface is fronted. After adhering the portion 11 and the rear front portion 12, each portion constituting the bottom surface portion 50 is folded back with respect to the sleeve-shaped portion 5, the adhesive is applied to a predetermined area, and then the folding step is performed twice (that is,). Since it can be manufactured by the step from the state of FIG. 12 to the state of FIG. 13 and the step from the state of FIG. 13 to the state of FIG. 14), the packaging box can be easily manufactured.

また、外箱部Bにおいて、切目線222a、222c、232a、232cは切断予定線であるとしたが、連続した切込みにより形成された切目線でもよい。 Further, in the outer box portion B, the cut lines 222a, 222c, 232a, and 232c are assumed to be cut lines, but cut lines formed by continuous cuts may be used.

なお、実施例1及び実施例2においては、陳列における正面側から商品を視認するための切欠部(切欠部K10、K40)が設けられているとしたが、該切欠部の構成を省略してもよい。すなわち、該切欠部が設けられなくても、内箱部に陳列された商品を斜め上方から視認することができるので、切欠部の構成を省略してもよい。 In addition, in Example 1 and Example 2, it was assumed that the cutouts (cutouts K10, K40) for visually recognizing the product from the front side in the display were provided, but the configuration of the cutouts was omitted. May be good. That is, even if the cutout portion is not provided, the products displayed in the inner box portion can be visually recognized from diagonally above, so that the configuration of the cutout portion may be omitted.

また、上記の説明において、図10〜図14に示す工程で包装箱を製造するとして説明したが、外箱部Bと内箱部A(又は内箱部A’)の展開状態を左右対称として製造してもよい。すなわち、実施例1を例にとると、図9に示す状態の外箱部Bの上面に図6に示す状態の内箱部Aを重ねて接着し、前正面部11と後正面部12を接着し、内箱部Aの底面部を構成する各部を折り返すとともに、接着部86を外側に折り返して、接着部78に接着剤を塗布して背面部240を折り返し、さらに、接着部86と糊代部49、242に接着剤を塗布して側面部230を折り返すことにより包装箱を製造してもよい。その場合に製造された包装箱は、図1〜図5の構成に際して左右対称に形成されることになり、例えば、背面部40から連設された糊代部49は、右側面部の内側の面に接着されることになる。 Further, in the above description, it has been described that the packaging box is manufactured by the steps shown in FIGS. 10 to 14, but the unfolded state of the outer box portion B and the inner box portion A (or the inner box portion A') is symmetrical. It may be manufactured. That is, taking Example 1 as an example, the inner box portion A in the state shown in FIG. 6 is overlapped and adhered to the upper surface of the outer box portion B in the state shown in FIG. 9, and the front front portion 11 and the rear front portion 12 are attached to each other. After adhering, each part constituting the bottom surface of the inner box portion A is folded back, the adhesive portion 86 is folded outward, an adhesive is applied to the adhesive portion 78, the back surface portion 240 is folded back, and further, the adhesive portion 86 and glue are folded back. A packaging box may be manufactured by applying an adhesive to the margins 49 and 242 and folding back the side surface 230. The packaging box manufactured in that case is formed symmetrically in the configuration of FIGS. 1 to 5. For example, the glue margin portion 49 continuously provided from the back surface portion 40 is the inner surface of the right side surface portion. Will be glued to.

また、実施例1及び実施例2の説明において、外箱部Bにおいては、スリーブ状部205の上辺から連設された蓋部270、280とフラップ部260、290は、A式であるとしたが、他の形式、例えば、B式(一対の内フラップと蓋部とを有し、蓋部が、スリーブ状部205から連設された蓋部本体と、蓋部本体の先端から連設され、スリーブ状部205の内側に差し込まれる差込み片部とを有するもの。つまり、スリーブ状部205の4つの上辺(正面部210と側面部220、230と背面部240の上辺)のいずれかから蓋部が連設され、蓋部が連設された上辺に隣接する2つの辺部から内フラップが連設される。)としてもよい。つまり、蓋部は、スリーブ状部205の4つの上辺の少なくとも1つから連設されていればよい(つまり、蓋部は、スリーブ状部205の上端から折れ線を介して連設されていればよい)。 Further, in the description of the first and second embodiments, in the outer box portion B, the lid portion 270, 280 and the flap portion 260, 290 continuously provided from the upper side of the sleeve-shaped portion 205 are of the A type. However, other types, for example, type B (having a pair of inner flaps and a lid portion, and the lid portion is continuously provided from the lid portion main body connected from the sleeve-shaped portion 205 and the tip portion of the lid portion main body). A lid having an insertion piece to be inserted inside the sleeve-shaped portion 205, that is, a lid from any of the four upper sides (front portion 210 and side portion 220, 230 and back portion 240 upper side) of the sleeve-shaped portion 205. The inner flaps may be continuously provided from two side portions adjacent to the upper side where the portions are continuously provided and the lid portion is continuously provided.) That is, the lid portion may be continuously provided from at least one of the four upper sides of the sleeve-shaped portion 205 (that is, the lid portion may be continuously provided from the upper end of the sleeve-shaped portion 205 via a polygonal line). Good).

また、実施例1及び実施例2の説明において、内箱部Aにおいて、分離部24、34は切目線24a、34aと開口部24b、34bにより囲まれている(つまり、分離部24、34は本体部22、32(及び開口部24b、34b)に囲まれている)としたが、側面部20、30の上辺を低く形成して、分離部24の上辺が側面部20の上辺の一部を構成し(つまり、分離部24の上側には本体部22が存在しない)、分離部34の上辺が側面部30の上辺の一部を構成する(つまり、分離部34の上側に本体部32が存在しない)ものとしてもよい。この場合には、開口部24b、34bは設けられず、分離部24、34の上辺を除いた三辺が本体部22、32と切目線24a、34aを介して連設される。このような構成の場合でも、分離部24、34が側面部20、30における分離部24、34以外の部分である本体部22、32と切目線24a、34aを介して分離可能になっているといえる。 Further, in the description of the first and second embodiments, in the inner box portion A, the separation portions 24 and 34 are surrounded by the cut lines 24a and 34a and the openings 24b and 34b (that is, the separation portions 24 and 34 are surrounded by the opening portions 24b and 34b. Although it is surrounded by the main bodies 22 and 32 (and the openings 24b and 34b), the upper side of the side surface portions 20 and 30 is formed low, and the upper side of the separation portion 24 is a part of the upper side of the side surface portion 20. (That is, the main body 22 does not exist on the upper side of the separation portion 24), and the upper side of the separation portion 34 constitutes a part of the upper side of the side surface portion 30 (that is, the main body portion 32 is on the upper side of the separation portion 34). Does not exist). In this case, the openings 24b and 34b are not provided, and the three sides excluding the upper sides of the separating portions 24 and 34 are connected to the main body portions 22 and 32 via the cut lines 24a and 34a. Even in such a configuration, the separating portions 24 and 34 can be separated from the main body portions 22 and 32 which are the portions other than the separating portions 24 and 34 on the side surface portions 20 and 30 via the cut lines 24a and 34a. It can be said.

また、実施例1及び実施例2の説明において、内箱部Aにおいて、分離部24、34が設けられるのは、スリーブ状部5において相対する側面部(側面部20と側面部30)であるとしたが、これには限られず、スリーブ状部5を構成する4つの部材(内側面部)(正面部10と側面部20、30と背面部40)(4つの側面部としてもよい)において、互いに隣接する部材に分離部を設けてもよい。その場合に、当然、切欠部(例えば、切欠部K11、K40)を形成する内側面部には分離部は形成しない。例えば、切欠部K11を構成する前正面部11の構成や切欠部K40の構成を背面部40を図6における4つの部材(前正面部11と側面部20、30と背面部40)のうちの端部に位置する部材(例えば、背面部40)の位置に配置し、分離部を内側の2つの部材(図6における前正面部11と側面部20の位置の部材)に配置してもよい。 Further, in the description of the first and second embodiments, the separating portions 24 and 34 are provided in the inner box portion A on the side surface portions (side surface portions 20 and 30) facing each other in the sleeve-shaped portion 5. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and in the four members (inner side surface portions) (front portion 10, side surface portions 20, 30 and back surface portion 40) (which may be four side surface portions) constituting the sleeve-shaped portion 5. Separation portions may be provided on members adjacent to each other. In that case, as a matter of course, the separating portion is not formed on the inner side surface portion forming the notch portion (for example, the notch portions K11 and K40). For example, the configuration of the front front portion 11 constituting the notch portion K11 and the configuration of the notch portion K40 are the configuration of the back portion 40 among the four members (front front portion 11, side surface portions 20, 30 and back surface portion 40) in FIG. It may be arranged at the position of the member located at the end portion (for example, the back surface portion 40), and the separating portion may be arranged at the two inner members (members at the positions of the front front portion 11 and the side surface portion 20 in FIG. 6). ..

同様に、外箱部Bにおいて、片部224、234が設けられるのは、スリーブ状部205において相対する側面部(側面部220と側面部230)であるとしたが、これには限られず、スリーブ状部205を構成する4つの部材(正面部210と側面部220、230と背面部240)(4つの側面部としてもよい)において、互いに隣接する部材に分離部と接着する片部を設けてもよい。 Similarly, in the outer box portion B, the piece portions 224 and 234 are provided on the opposite side surface portions (side surface portion 220 and side surface portion 230) in the sleeve-shaped portion 205, but the present invention is not limited to this. In the four members (front portion 210 and side portions 220, 230 and back portion 240) (which may be four side surface portions) constituting the sleeve-shaped portion 205, one portion that adheres to the separation portion is provided on the members adjacent to each other. You may.

P 包装箱
A 内箱部
B 外箱部
5、205 スリーブ状部
10、210 正面部
11 前正面部
12 後正面部
14 傾斜部
16 支持部
17 連結部
18−1、18−2 脚部
20、30、220、230 側面部
24、34 分離部
40、240 背面部
49、242 糊代部
50 底面部
60 前底面部
70 右底面部
72、82 本体部
74、76、88 起立部
78、86 接着部
83 主本体部
84 突状部
224、234 片部
260、290 フラップ部
270、280 蓋部
P Packaging box A Inner box part B Outer box part 5,205 Sleeve-shaped part 10,210 Front part 11 Front front part 12 Rear front part 14 Inclined part 16 Support part 17 Connecting part 18-1, 18-2 Leg part 20, 30, 220, 230 Side part 24, 34 Separation part 40, 240 Back part 49, 242 Glue allowance part 50 Bottom part 60 Front bottom part 70 Right bottom part 72, 82 Main body part 74, 76, 88 Standing part 78, 86 Adhesion Part 83 Main body part 84 Protruding part 224, 234 One part 260, 290 Flap part 270, 280 Lid part

Claims (16)

箱体であって、
底面部(50)と側面構成部(5)と傾斜部(14)とを有し、
側面構成部が、正面部(10)と、右側面部(20)と、左側面部(30)と、背面部(40)とを有し、
底面部が、正面部の下辺から第1折れ線(C21)を介して連設された第1底面部(60)と、右側面部と左側面部の一方である第1側面部の下辺から第2折れ線(C22)を介して連設された第2底面部(70)と、右側面部と左側面部の他方である第2側面部の下辺から第3折れ線(C20)を介して連設された第3底面部(80)と、背面部の下辺から第4折れ線(C23)を介して連設された第4底面部(90)とを有し、
第2底面部は、第1側面部の下辺から連設された第2底面部本体部(72)と、第2底面部本体部から第2折れ線と平行な第5折れ線(C24)を介して連設された第1起立部(74)と、第1起立部の背面側に第5折れ線と直角の第6折れ線(C25)を介して連設された第2起立部(76)と、第2起立部の下辺から第6折れ線と直角の第7折れ線(C26)を介して連設され、第4底面部の底面に接着された第1接着部(78)とを有し、第2底面部本体部は、第5折れ線の正面側の端部から第5折れ線に対して略直角の辺部である係合用辺部(72e)を有し、第1接着部においては、第2底面部本体の底面側と同じ側の面が第4底面部に接着され、
第3底面部は、第2側面部の下辺から連設された第3底面部本体部(82)と、第3底面部本体部の正面側から第2折れ線に対して略45度をなす第8折れ線(C27)を介して連設され、第1底面部に接着された第2接着部(86)と、第3底面部本体部から第3折れ線と平行な第9折れ線(C28、C29)を介して連設された第3起立部(88)とを有し、第3底面部本体部は、第9折れ線よりも第3折れ線とは反対側に突出した突状部(84)を有し、
正面部が、右側面部及び左側面部から連設された前正面部(11)と、前正面部の上端から第10折れ線(C51、C52)を介して折り返されて前正面部の背面に接着された後正面部(12)とを有し、
傾斜部が、後正面部の下端から第11折れ線(C6)を介して連設され、
箱体が、シート状のブランクにより形成され、
箱体が折り畳まれた状態では、正面部と第2側面部間の角度である第1角度が箱体の組立て状態における第1角度よりも小さく、背面部と第1側面部間の角度である第2角度が箱体の組立て状態における第2角度よりも小さくなっており、
箱体が折り畳まれた状態から第1角度と第2角度を大きくしていくことにより、第1起立部が第2底面部本体部に対して折曲した状態になるとともに、第2起立部が第1接着部に対して折曲した状態となり、第3起立部が第1起立部に接することにより第3底面部本体部に対して折曲した状態となり、突状部が第1起立部と第2起立部間の角部(75)と係合するとともに、第3起立部の正面側の端部が係合用辺部と係合して箱体が組立て状態となり、箱体の組立て状態では、第1起立部と第3起立部が互いに対向した状態で接し、第2起立部は第1起立部に対して略直角に折曲し、第2底面部本体部の一部は第1底面部の上側に位置し、第3底面部本体部の一部は第4底面部の上側に位置し、
傾斜部が、傾斜部の底面が第1起立部と第2起立部と第3起立部の少なくともいずれかに接した状態では、側面構成部の下辺により囲まれる仮想平面に対して傾斜部の正面側が背面側よりも下側となるように傾斜した状態となることを特徴とする箱体。
It ’s a box,
It has a bottom surface portion (50), a side surface component portion (5), and an inclined portion (14).
The side surface component has a front surface portion (10), a right side surface portion (20), a left side surface portion (30), and a back surface portion (40).
The bottom surface portion is a first bottom surface portion (60) that is continuously provided from the lower side of the front portion via the first folding line (C21), and a second folding line from the lower side of the first side surface portion that is one of the right side surface portion and the left side surface portion. A third bottom surface portion (70) connected via (C22) and a third line (C20) connected from the lower side of the second side surface portion, which is the other side of the right side surface portion and the left side surface portion, via a third polygonal line (C20). It has a bottom surface portion (80) and a fourth bottom surface portion (90) connected from the lower side of the back surface portion via a fourth polygonal line (C23).
The second bottom surface portion is via a second bottom surface portion main body portion (72) continuously provided from the lower side of the first side surface portion and a fifth folding line (C24) parallel to the second folding line from the second bottom surface portion main body portion. A first standing portion (74) serially provided, a second standing portion (76) serially provided on the back side of the first standing portion via a sixth folding line (C25) perpendicular to the fifth folding line, and a second 2 It has a first adhesive portion (78) that is connected from the lower side of the upright portion via a seventh polygonal line (C26) perpendicular to the sixth polygonal line and is bonded to the bottom surface of the fourth bottom surface portion, and has a second bottom surface. The main body portion has an engaging side portion (72e) which is a side portion substantially perpendicular to the fifth folding line from the front end portion of the fifth folding line, and the first bonding portion has a second bottom surface portion. The surface on the same side as the bottom surface of the main body is adhered to the 4th bottom surface,
The third bottom surface portion is formed by the third bottom surface portion main body portion (82) which is continuously provided from the lower side of the second side surface portion and the third bottom surface portion main body portion which forms approximately 45 degrees from the front side of the third bottom surface portion main body with respect to the second polygonal line. A second adhesive portion (86) connected to the first bottom surface portion and a ninth fold line (C28, C29) parallel to the third fold line from the third bottom surface portion main body portion, which is continuously provided via the eight fold lines (C27). The third standing portion (88) and the third bottom portion main body portion are provided with a protruding portion (84) protruding from the ninth folding line to the opposite side of the third folding line. And
The front portion is folded back from the front front portion (11) connected from the right side surface portion and the left side surface portion via the tenth folding line (C51, C52) from the upper end of the front front portion and adhered to the back surface of the front front portion. It has a rear front part (12) and
An inclined portion is continuously provided from the lower end of the rear front portion via the 11th polygonal line (C6).
The box body is formed by a sheet-like blank,
In the folded state of the box, the first angle, which is the angle between the front portion and the second side surface portion, is smaller than the first angle in the assembled state of the box body, and is the angle between the back surface portion and the first side surface portion. The second angle is smaller than the second angle in the assembled state of the box.
By increasing the first angle and the second angle from the folded state of the box body, the first standing portion becomes a bent state with respect to the main body portion of the second bottom surface portion, and the second standing portion becomes It is in a bent state with respect to the first adhesive portion, and when the third standing portion is in contact with the first standing portion, it is in a bent state with respect to the main body portion of the third bottom surface portion, and the protruding portion is with the first standing portion. In the assembled state of the box body, the box body is in the assembled state by engaging with the corner portion (75) between the second standing portions and the front end portion of the third standing portion is engaged with the engaging side portion. , The first standing portion and the third standing portion are in contact with each other in a state of facing each other, the second standing portion is bent at a substantially right angle to the first standing portion, and a part of the second bottom surface portion main body portion is the first bottom surface. It is located on the upper side of the part, and a part of the main body part of the third bottom part is located on the upper side of the fourth bottom part.
In a state where the bottom surface of the inclined portion is in contact with at least one of the first standing portion, the second standing portion, and the third standing portion, the front surface of the inclined portion with respect to the virtual plane surrounded by the lower side of the side component portion. A box body characterized in that the side is tilted so as to be lower than the back side.
第1起立部における第5折れ線とは反対側の辺部である第1傾斜辺部(74c)は、第5折れ線の方向に対して正面側から背面側に向けて上側となるように傾斜し、
第3起立部における第9折れ線と反対側の辺部である第2傾斜辺部(88c)は、第9折れ線の方向に対して正面側から背面側に向けて上側となるように傾斜し、第2傾斜辺部は、箱体の組立て状態において、第1傾斜辺部に沿った状態となり、傾斜部が第1起立部と第2起立部と第3起立部の少なくともいずれかに接して傾斜した状態では、第1傾斜辺部と第2傾斜辺部は、傾斜部の底面に沿った状態となることを特徴とする請求項1に記載の箱体。
The first inclined side portion (74c), which is the side portion of the first standing portion opposite to the fifth folding line, is inclined so as to be upward from the front side to the back side with respect to the direction of the fifth folding line. ,
The second inclined side portion (88c), which is the side portion opposite to the ninth folding line in the third standing portion, is inclined so as to be upward from the front side to the back side with respect to the direction of the ninth folding line. The second inclined side portion is in a state along the first inclined side portion in the assembled state of the box body, and the inclined portion is inclined in contact with at least one of the first standing portion, the second standing portion, and the third standing portion. The box body according to claim 1, wherein the first inclined side portion and the second inclined side portion are in a state along the bottom surface of the inclined portion.
傾斜部の正面部側とは反対側の端部から第12折れ線(C71、C72、C73)を介して連設された傾斜部支持部(16)が設けられ、傾斜部支持部は、傾斜部が第1起立部と第2起立部と第3起立部の少なくともいずれかに接した状態で、背面部に接するとともに、傾斜部支持部は、傾斜部が第1起立部と第2起立部と第3起立部の少なくともいずれかに接した状態で、下方に伸びる脚部(18−1、18−2)を有することを特徴とする請求項1又は2に記載の箱体。 An inclined portion support portion (16) is provided continuously via a twelfth folding line (C71, C72, C73) from an end opposite to the front portion side of the inclined portion, and the inclined portion supporting portion is an inclined portion. Is in contact with the back surface portion in a state where is in contact with at least one of the first standing portion, the second standing portion, and the third standing portion, and the inclined portion supporting portion has the inclined portion of the first standing portion and the second standing portion. The box body according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the box body has legs (18-1, 18-2) extending downward in contact with at least one of the third standing portions. 傾斜部支持部は、第12折れ線を介して連設された連結部(17)を有し、該脚部は連結部から連設され、
傾斜部が第1起立部と第2起立部と第3起立部の少なくともいずれかに接した状態では、連結部が、背面部に接するとともに、傾斜部に対して上側に折曲した状態となり、
第12折れ線は、同一直線上に位置する複数の折れ線から形成され、傾斜部と傾斜支持部とならなる領域を展開した状態において、第12折れ線を構成する該複数の折れ線における隣接する折れ線間に形成された切込みを介して脚部と傾斜部とが隣接していることを特徴とする請求項3に記載の箱体。
The inclined portion support portion has a connecting portion (17) connected through the 12th polygonal line, and the leg portion is continuously provided from the connecting portion.
When the inclined portion is in contact with at least one of the first standing portion, the second standing portion, and the third standing portion, the connecting portion is in contact with the back portion and is bent upward with respect to the inclined portion.
The twelfth polygonal line is formed from a plurality of polygonal lines located on the same straight line, and in a state where a region serving as an inclined portion and an inclined support portion is developed, between the adjacent polygonal lines in the plurality of polygonal lines constituting the twelfth polygonal line. The box body according to claim 3, wherein the leg portion and the inclined portion are adjacent to each other through the formed notch.
箱体が折り畳まれた状態で、第1接着部と第2底面部本体部が切目線(78K)を介して連設され、箱体が折り畳まれた状態から第1角度と第2角度を大きくすることにより第1接着部と第2底面部本体部間の該切目線が破断することを特徴とする請求項1又は2又は3又は4に記載の箱体。 With the box body folded, the first adhesive part and the second bottom surface part main body are connected together via the cut line (78K), and the first angle and the second angle are increased from the folded state of the box body. The box body according to claim 1, 2 or 3 or 4, wherein the cut line between the first adhesive portion and the second bottom surface portion main body portion is broken. 正面部には、傾斜部に載置された被収納物の視認又は取出しのための切欠部(K10)又は被収納物の視認又は取出しのための開口部が設けられていることを特徴とする請求項1又は2又は3又は4又は5に記載の箱体。 The front portion is provided with a notch (K10) for visually recognizing or taking out the stored object or an opening for visually recognizing or taking out the stored object placed on the inclined portion. The box according to claim 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 or 5. 背面部には、傾斜部に載置された被収納物の視認又は取出しのための切欠部(K40)又は被収納物の視認又は取出しのための開口部が設けられていることを特徴とする請求項1又は2又は3又は4又は5に記載の箱体。 The back surface is provided with a notch (K40) for visually recognizing or taking out the stored object or an opening for visually recognizing or taking out the stored object placed on the inclined portion. The box according to claim 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 or 5. 包装箱であって、
内箱部(A)と外箱部(B)とを有し、内箱部と外箱部が、それぞれシート状のブランクにより形成され、
内箱部が、
底面部(50)と内側スリーブ状部(5)と傾斜部(14)とを有し、
内側スリーブ状部が、内側正面部(10)と、内側右側面部(20)と、内側左側面部(30)と、内側背面部(40)とを有し、
底面部が、内側正面部の下辺から第1折れ線(C21)を介して連設された第1底面部(60)と、内側右側面部と内側左側面部の一方である内側第1側面部の下辺から第2折れ線(C22)を介して連設された第2底面部(70)と、内側右側面部と内側左側面部の他方である内側第2側面部の下辺から第3折れ線(C20)を介して連設された第3底面部(80)と、内側背面部の下辺から第4折れ線(C23)を介して連設された第4底面部(90)とを有し、
第2底面部は、内側第1側面部の下辺から連設された第2底面部本体部(72)と、第2底面部本体部から第2折れ線と平行な第5折れ線(C24)を介して連設された第1起立部(74)と、第1起立部の背面側に第5折れ線と直角の第6折れ線(C25)を介して連設された第2起立部(76)と、第2起立部の下辺から第6折れ線と直角の第7折れ線(C26)を介して連設され、第4底面部の底面に接着された第1接着部(78)とを有し、第2底面部本体部は、第5折れ線の正面側の端部から第5折れ線に対して略直角の辺部である係合用辺部(72e)を有し、第1接着部においては、第2底面部本体の底面側と同じ側の面が第4底面部に接着され、
第3底面部は、内側第2側面部の下辺から連設された第3底面部本体部(82)と、第3底面部本体部の正面側から第2折れ線に対して略45度をなす第8折れ線(C27)を介して連設され、第1底面部に接着された第2接着部(86)と、第3底面部本体部から第3折れ線と平行な第9折れ線(C28、C29)を介して連設された第3起立部(88)とを有し、第3底面部本体部は、第9折れ線よりも第3折れ線とは反対側に突出した突状部(84)を有し、
内側正面部が、内側右側面部及び内側左側面部から連設された内側前正面部(11)と、内側前正面部の上端から第10折れ線(C51、C52)を介して折り返されて内側前正面部の背面に接着された内側後正面部(12)とを有し、
傾斜部が、内側後正面部の下端から第11折れ線(C6)を介して連設され、
内側前正面部と内側右側面部と内側左側面部と内側背面部の4つの内側面部における2つの内側面部において、内側面部の一部が分離部(24、34)として内箱面部における分離部以外の部分である内側面部本体部と切目線を介して分離可能に形成され、
外箱部が、
内箱部の外側の面に沿って設けられた外側スリーブ状部で、内側正面部の外側の面に沿って形成された外側正面部(210)と、内側右側面部の外側の面に沿って形成された外側右側面部(220)と、内側左側面部の外側の面に沿って形成された外側左側面部(230)と、内側背面部の外側の面に沿って形成された外側背面部(240)とを有し、外箱部を箱状に組み立てた状態では、外側正面部と外側右側面部と外側左側面部と外側背面部の4つの外側面部において、互いに隣接する外側面部が略直角をなす外側スリーブ状部(205)と、
外側スリーブ状部の上端から折れ線を介して連設された蓋部と、を有し、
4つの外側面部において、内箱部における分離部が設けられた内側面部である分離部形成内側面部に対応した外側面部に分離部が接着され、外側面部における分離部が接着された領域を含む片部である回動片部(224、234)が分離部が接着された外側面部の他の部分に対して回動可能に形成され、
包装箱が折り畳まれた状態では、内側正面部と内側第2側面部間の角度である第1角度が内箱部の組立て状態における第1角度よりも小さく、内側背面部と内側第1側面部間の角度である第2角度が内箱部の組立て状態における第2角度よりも小さくなっており、
包装箱が折り畳まれた状態から第1角度と第2角度を大きくしていくことにより、第1起立部が第2底面部本体部に対して折曲した状態になるとともに、第2起立部が第1接着部に対して折曲した状態となり、第3起立部が第1起立部に接することにより第3底面部本体部に対して折曲した状態となり、突状部が第1起立部と第2起立部間の角部(75)と係合するとともに、第3起立部の正面側の端部が係合用辺部と係合して包装箱が組立て状態となり、包装箱の組立て状態では、第1起立部と第3起立部が互いに対向した状態で接し、第2起立部は第1起立部に対して略直角に折曲し、第2底面部本体部の一部は第1底面部の上側に位置し、第3底面部本体部の一部は第4底面部の上側に位置し、
傾斜部が、傾斜部の底面が第1起立部と第2起立部と第3起立部の少なくともいずれかに接した状態では、側面構成部の下辺により囲まれる仮想平面に対して傾斜部の正面側が背面側よりも下側となるように傾斜した状態となり、
回動片部を外側に回動させることにより分離部と内箱部側面部本体部間の切目線が切断されて分離部が回動片部に接着した状態で内箱部から分離することを特徴とする包装箱。
It ’s a packaging box,
It has an inner box portion (A) and an outer box portion (B), and the inner box portion and the outer box portion are each formed of a sheet-shaped blank.
The inner box part
It has a bottom surface portion (50), an inner sleeve-shaped portion (5), and an inclined portion (14).
The inner sleeve-shaped portion has an inner front surface portion (10), an inner right side surface portion (20), an inner left side surface portion (30), and an inner back surface portion (40).
The bottom surface portion is the first bottom surface portion (60) which is continuously provided from the lower side of the inner front surface portion via the first polygonal line (C21), and the lower side of the inner first side surface portion which is one of the inner right side surface portion and the inner left side surface portion. From the lower side of the second bottom surface portion (70) connected via the second polygonal line (C22) and the inner second side surface portion which is the other of the inner right surface portion and the inner left surface portion via the third polygonal line (C20). It has a third bottom surface portion (80) that is continuously provided and a fourth bottom surface portion (90) that is continuously provided from the lower side of the inner back surface portion via a fourth polygonal line (C23).
The second bottom surface portion is via a second bottom surface portion main body portion (72) continuously provided from the lower side of the inner first side surface portion and a fifth folding line (C24) parallel to the second folding line from the second bottom surface portion main body portion. A first standing portion (74) connected in series, and a second standing portion (76) connected to the back side of the first standing portion via a sixth folding line (C25) perpendicular to the fifth folding line. It has a first adhesive portion (78) that is connected from the lower side of the second upright portion via a seventh polygonal line (C26) perpendicular to the sixth polygonal line and is bonded to the bottom surface of the fourth bottom surface portion, and has a second. The bottom body portion has an engaging side portion (72e) which is a side portion substantially perpendicular to the fifth folding line from the front end portion of the fifth folding line, and the first bonding portion has a second bottom surface. The surface on the same side as the bottom surface of the main body is adhered to the 4th bottom surface.
The third bottom surface portion forms approximately 45 degrees with respect to the second polygonal line from the front side of the third bottom surface portion main body portion (82) connected from the lower side of the inner second side surface portion and the third bottom surface portion main body portion. The second adhesive portion (86), which is continuously provided via the eighth polygonal line (C27) and adhered to the first bottom surface portion, and the ninth polygonal line (C28, C29) parallel to the third polygonal line from the third bottom surface portion main body portion. ), And the third bottom surface portion main body portion has a protruding portion (84) protruding from the ninth folding line to the side opposite to the third folding line. Have and
The inner front surface is folded back from the inner front surface portion (11) connected from the inner right side surface portion and the inner left side surface portion and the upper end of the inner front front portion via the tenth polygonal line (C51, C52). It has an inner rear front portion (12) bonded to the back surface of the portion, and has.
An inclined portion is continuously provided from the lower end of the inner rear front portion via the 11th polygonal line (C6).
In the two inner side surface portions of the four inner side surface portions of the inner front front portion, the inner right surface portion, the inner left side surface portion, and the inner back surface portion, a part of the inner side surface portion is a separation portion (24, 34) other than the separation portion on the inner box surface portion. It is formed so that it can be separated from the main body of the inner side surface, which is a part, through the cut line.
The outer box part
An outer sleeve-shaped portion provided along the outer surface of the inner box portion, along the outer front surface (210) formed along the outer surface of the inner front surface and along the outer surface of the inner right surface portion. The outer right side surface portion (220) formed, the outer left side surface portion (230) formed along the outer surface of the inner left side surface portion, and the outer back surface portion (240) formed along the outer surface of the inner back surface portion. ), And in the state where the outer box part is assembled in a box shape, the outer face parts adjacent to each other form a substantially right angle in the four outer face parts of the outer front part, the outer right side part, the outer left side part and the outer back part. Outer sleeve-shaped part (205) and
It has a lid portion that is connected from the upper end of the outer sleeve-shaped portion via a polygonal line, and has.
In the four outer surface portions, a piece including a region in which the separation portion is adhered to the outer surface portion corresponding to the separation portion forming inner side surface portion which is the inner side surface portion provided with the separation portion in the inner box portion and the separation portion is adhered in the outer surface portion. The rotating piece portion (224, 234), which is a portion, is formed so as to be rotatable with respect to the other portion of the outer surface portion to which the separating portion is adhered.
When the packaging box is folded, the first angle, which is the angle between the inner front portion and the inner second side surface portion, is smaller than the first angle in the assembled state of the inner box portion, and the inner back portion and the inner first side surface portion. The second angle, which is the angle between them, is smaller than the second angle in the assembled state of the inner box.
By increasing the first angle and the second angle from the folded state of the packaging box, the first standing portion becomes a bent state with respect to the main body portion of the second bottom surface portion, and the second standing portion becomes It is in a bent state with respect to the first adhesive portion, and when the third standing portion is in contact with the first standing portion, it is in a bent state with respect to the main body portion of the third bottom surface portion, and the protruding portion is the first standing portion. In the assembled state of the packaging box, the packaging box is in the assembled state by engaging with the corner portion (75) between the second standing portions and the front end of the third standing portion is engaged with the engaging side portion. , The first standing portion and the third standing portion are in contact with each other in a state of facing each other, the second standing portion is bent at a substantially right angle to the first standing portion, and a part of the second bottom surface portion main body portion is the first bottom surface. It is located on the upper side of the part, and a part of the main body part of the third bottom part is located on the upper side of the fourth bottom part.
When the inclined portion has the bottom surface of the inclined portion in contact with at least one of the first standing portion, the second standing portion, and the third standing portion, the front surface of the inclined portion with respect to the virtual plane surrounded by the lower side of the side component portion. The side is tilted so that it is lower than the back side,
By rotating the rotating piece part outward, the cut line between the separating part and the side surface part of the inner box part is cut, and the separating part is separated from the inner box part in a state of being adhered to the rotating piece part. Characterized packaging box.
第1起立部における第5折れ線とは反対側の辺部である第1傾斜辺部(74c)は、第5折れ線の方向に対して正面側から背面側に向けて上側となるように傾斜し、
第3起立部における第9折れ線と反対側の辺部である第2傾斜辺部(88c)は、第9折れ線の方向に対して正面側から背面側に向けて上側となるように傾斜し、第2傾斜辺部は、包装箱の組立て状態において、第1傾斜辺部に沿った状態となり、傾斜部が第1起立部と第2起立部と第3起立部の少なくともいずれかに接して傾斜した状態では、第1傾斜辺部と第2傾斜辺部は、傾斜部の底面に沿った状態となることを特徴とする請求項8に記載の包装箱。
The first inclined side portion (74c), which is the side portion of the first standing portion opposite to the fifth folding line, is inclined so as to be upward from the front side to the back side with respect to the direction of the fifth folding line. ,
The second inclined side portion (88c), which is the side portion opposite to the ninth folding line in the third standing portion, is inclined so as to be upward from the front side to the back side with respect to the direction of the ninth folding line. The second inclined side portion is in a state along the first inclined side portion in the assembled state of the packaging box, and the inclined portion is inclined in contact with at least one of the first standing portion, the second standing portion, and the third standing portion. The packaging box according to claim 8, wherein the first inclined side portion and the second inclined side portion are in a state along the bottom surface of the inclined portion.
傾斜部の正面部側とは反対側の端部から第12折れ線(C71、C72、C73)を介して連設された傾斜部支持部(16)が設けられ、傾斜部支持部は、傾斜部が第1起立部と第2起立部と第3起立部の少なくともいずれかに接した状態で、内側背面部に接するとともに、傾斜部支持部は、傾斜部が第1起立部と第2起立部と第3起立部の少なくともいずれかに接した状態で、下方に伸びる脚部(18−1、18−2)を有することを特徴とする請求項8又は9に記載の包装箱。 An inclined portion support portion (16) is provided continuously via a twelfth folding line (C71, C72, C73) from an end opposite to the front portion side of the inclined portion, and the inclined portion supporting portion is an inclined portion. Is in contact with at least one of the first standing portion, the second standing portion, and the third standing portion, and is in contact with the inner back surface portion. The packaging box according to claim 8 or 9, wherein the packaging box has legs (18-1, 18-2) extending downward in contact with at least one of the third upright portions. 傾斜部支持部は、第12折れ線を介して連設された連結部(17)を有し、該脚部は連結部から連設され、
傾斜部が第1起立部と第2起立部と第3起立部の少なくともいずれかに接した状態では、連結部が、内側背面部に接するとともに、傾斜部に対して上側に折曲した状態となり、
第12折れ線は、同一直線上に位置する複数の折れ線から形成され、傾斜部と傾斜支持部とならなる領域を展開した状態において、第12折れ線を構成する該複数の折れ線における隣接する折れ線間に形成された切込みを介して脚部と傾斜部とが隣接していることを特徴とする請求項10に記載の包装箱。
The inclined portion support portion has a connecting portion (17) connected through the 12th polygonal line, and the leg portion is continuously provided from the connecting portion.
When the inclined portion is in contact with at least one of the first standing portion, the second standing portion, and the third standing portion, the connecting portion is in contact with the inner back surface portion and is bent upward with respect to the inclined portion. ,
The twelfth polygonal line is formed from a plurality of polygonal lines located on the same straight line, and in a state where a region serving as an inclined portion and an inclined support portion is developed, between the adjacent polygonal lines in the plurality of polygonal lines constituting the twelfth polygonal line. The packaging box according to claim 10, wherein the leg portion and the inclined portion are adjacent to each other through the formed notch.
包装箱が折り畳まれた状態で、第1接着部と第2底面部本体部が切目線(78K)を介して連設され、包装箱が折り畳まれた状態から第1角度と第2角度を大きくすることにより第1接着部と第2底面部本体部間の該切目線が破断することを特徴とする請求項8又は9又は10又は11に記載の包装箱。 With the packaging box folded, the first adhesive portion and the second bottom surface portion main body are connected together via the cut line (78K), and the first angle and the second angle are increased from the folded state of the packaging box. The packaging box according to claim 8 or 9 or 10 or 11, wherein the cut line between the first adhesive portion and the second bottom surface portion main body portion is broken. 内側正面部には、傾斜部に載置された被収納物の視認又は取出しのための切欠部(K10)又は被収納物の視認又は取出しのための開口部が設けられ、
分離部は、4つの内側面部における内側正面部以外の内側面部に形成されていることを特徴とする請求項8又は9又は10又は11又は12に記載の包装箱。
The inner front portion is provided with a notch (K10) for visually recognizing or taking out the stored object or an opening for visually recognizing or taking out the stored object placed on the inclined portion.
The packaging box according to claim 8 or 9 or 10 or 11 or 12, wherein the separation portion is formed on an inner side surface portion other than the inner front surface portion of the four inner side surface portions.
内側背面部には、傾斜部に載置された被収納物の視認又は取出しのための切欠部(K40)又は被収納物の視認又は取出しのための開口部が設けられ、
分離部は、4つの内側面部における内側背面部以外の内側面部に形成されていることを特徴とする請求項8又は9又は10又は11又は12に記載の包装箱。
The inner back portion is provided with a notch (K40) for visually recognizing or taking out the stored object or an opening for visually recognizing or taking out the stored object placed on the inclined portion.
The packaging box according to claim 8 or 9 or 10 or 11 or 12, wherein the separation portion is formed on an inner side surface portion other than the inner back surface portion of the four inner side surface portions.
包装箱であって、内箱部(A)と外箱部(B)とを有し、内箱部と外箱部が、それぞれシート状のブランクにより形成され、内箱部が、底面部(50)と内側スリーブ状部(5)と傾斜部(14)とを有し、内側スリーブ状部が、内側正面部(10)と、内側右側面部(20)と、内側左側面部(30)と、内側背面部(40)と、内側糊代部(49)とを有し、底面部が、内側正面部の下辺から第1折れ線(C21)を介して連設された第1底面部(60)と、内側右側面部と内側左側面部の一方である内側第1側面部の下辺から第2折れ線(C22)を介して連設された第2底面部(70)と、内側右側面部と内側左側面部の他方である内側第2側面部の下辺から第3折れ線(C20)を介して連設された第3底面部(80)と、内側背面部の下辺から第4折れ線(C23)を介して連設された第4底面部(90)とを有し、第2底面部は、内側第1側面部の下辺から連設された第2底面部本体部(72)と、第2底面部本体部から第2折れ線と平行な第5折れ線(C24)を介して連設された第1起立部(74)と、第1起立部の背面側に第5折れ線と直角の第6折れ線(C25)を介して連設された第2起立部(76)と、第2起立部の下辺から第6折れ線と直角の第7折れ線(C26)を介して連設され、第4底面部の底面に接着された第1接着部(78)とを有し、第2底面部本体部は、第5折れ線の正面側の端部から第5折れ線に対して略直角の辺部である係合用辺部(72e)を有し、第1接着部においては、第2底面部本体の底面側と同じ側の面が第4底面部に接着され、第3底面部は、内側第2側面部の下辺から連設された第3底面部本体部(82)と、第3底面部本体部の正面側から第2折れ線に対して略45度をなす第8折れ線(C27)を介して連設され、第1底面部に接着された第2接着部(86)と、第3底面部本体部から第3折れ線と平行な第9折れ線(C28、C29)を介して連設された第3起立部(88)とを有し、第3底面部本体部は、第9折れ線よりも第3折れ線とは反対側に突出した突状部(84)を有し、内側正面部が、内側右側面部及び内側左側面部から連設された内側前正面部(11)と、内側前正面部の上端から第10折れ線(C51、C52)を介して折り返されて内側前正面部の背面に接着された内側後正面部(12)とを有し、傾斜部が、内側後正面部の下端から第11折れ線(C6)を介して連設され、内側前正面部と内側右側面部と内側左側面部と内側背面部の4つの内側面部における2つの内側面部において、内側面部の一部が分離部(24、34)として内箱面部における分離部以外の部分である内側面部本体部と切目線を介して分離可能に形成され、内箱部の展開状態において、内側糊代部、内側背面部、内側第1側面部、内側正面部、内側第2側面部の順に連設され、外箱部が、内箱部の外側の面に沿って設けられた外側スリーブ状部で、内側正面部の外側の面に沿って形成された外側正面部(210)と、内側右側面部の外側の面に沿って形成された外側右側面部(220)と、内側左側面部の外側の面に沿って形成された外側左側面部(230)と、内側背面部の外側の面に沿って形成された外側背面部(240)と、外側糊代部(242)とを有し、外箱部を箱状に組み立てた状態では、外側正面部と外側右側面部と外側左側面部と外側背面部の4つの外側面部において、互いに隣接する外側面部が略直角をなす外側スリーブ状部(205)と、外側スリーブ状部の上端から折れ線を介して連設された蓋部と、を有し、4つの外側面部において、内箱部における分離部が設けられた内側面部である分離部形成内側面部に対応した外側面部に分離部が接着され、外側面部における分離部が接着された領域を含む片部である回動片部(224、234)が分離部が接着された外側面部の他の部分に対して回動可能に形成され、外箱部の展開状態において、外側背面部、外側右側面部と外側左側面部の一方で内側第1側面部の外側の面に沿って形成された外側第1側面部、外側正面部、外側右側面部と外側左側面部の他方で内側第2側面部の外側の面に沿って形成された外側第2側面部、外側糊代部の順に連設され、包装箱が折り畳まれた状態では、内側正面部と内側第2側面部間の角度である第1角度が内箱部の組立て状態における第1角度よりも小さく、内側背面部と内側第1側面部間の角度である第2角度が内箱部の組立て状態における第2角度よりも小さくなっており、包装箱が折り畳まれた状態から第1角度と第2角度を大きくしていくことにより、第1起立部が第2底面部本体部に対して折曲した状態になるとともに、第2起立部が第1接着部に対して折曲した状態となり、第3起立部が第1起立部に接することにより第3底面部本体部に対して折曲した状態となり、突状部が第1起立部と第2起立部間の角部(75)と係合するとともに、第3起立部の正面側の端部が係合用辺部と係合して包装箱が組立て状態となり、包装箱の組立て状態では、第1起立部と第3起立部が互いに対向した状態で接し、第2底面部本体部の一部は第1底面部の上側に位置し、第3底面部本体部の一部は第4底面部の上側に位置し、傾斜部が、傾斜部の底面が第1起立部と第2起立部と第3起立部の少なくともいずれかに接した状態では、側面構成部の下辺により囲まれる仮想平面に対して傾斜部の正面側が背面側よりも下側となるように傾斜した状態となり、回動片部を外側に回動させることにより分離部と内箱部側面部本体部間の切目線が切断されて分離部が回動片部に接着した状態で内箱部から分離することを特徴とする包装箱の製造方法であって、
展開状態の外箱部に展開状態の内箱部を接着する第1接着工程であって、外側正面部に内側正面部を重ね、外側右側面部に内側右側面部を重ね、外側左側面部に内側左側面部を重ね、外側背面部に内側背面部を重ねた状態で、外箱部の回動片部と内箱部の分離部とを接着させる第1接着工程と、
後正面部が前正面部に接着されるとともに、傾斜部が後正面部に対して第11折れ線を介して折り返した状態とする接着・折返し工程と、
第2底面部が内側第1側面部に対して第2折れ線を介して折り返され、第4底面部が内側背面部に対して第4折れ線を介して折り返されているとともに、第1接着部と第4底面部における第1接着部が接着する領域のいずれかに接着剤を塗布した状態で、外側背面部を外側第1側面部に対して折り返して、第1接着部と第4底面部とを接着する第2接着工程と、
第3底面部本体部が内側第2側面部に対して第3折れ線を介して折り返され、第2接着部が第3底面部本体部に対して第8折れ線を介して折り返され、第1底面部が内側正面部に対して第1折れ線を介して折り返されているとともに、第2接着部と第1底面部における第2接着部が接着する領域のいずれかと、内側糊代部と内側第2側面部における内側糊代部が接着する領域のいずれかと、外側糊代部と外側背面部における外側糊代部が接着する領域のいずれかに接着剤を塗布した状態で、外側第2側面部を外側正面部に対して折り返して、第2接着部と第1底面部を接着し、内側糊代部と内側第2側面部を接着し、外側糊代部と外側背面部を接着する第3接着工程と、
を有することを特徴とする包装箱の製造方法。
It is a packaging box and has an inner box portion (A) and an outer box portion (B). The inner box portion and the outer box portion are each formed of a sheet-shaped blank, and the inner box portion is a bottom surface portion ( It has a 50), an inner sleeve-shaped portion (5), and an inclined portion (14), and the inner sleeve-shaped portion includes an inner front surface portion (10), an inner right side surface portion (20), and an inner left side surface portion (30). A first bottom surface portion (60) having an inner back surface portion (40) and an inner glue margin portion (49), and a bottom surface portion connected from the lower side of the inner front surface portion via a first polygonal line (C21). ), The second bottom surface portion (70) connected from the lower side of the inner first side surface portion, which is one of the inner right side surface portion and the inner left side surface portion, via the second polygonal line (C22), and the inner right side surface portion and the inner left side portion. From the lower side of the inner second side surface portion, which is the other side of the surface portion, through the third bottom surface portion (80) connected via the third folding line (C20), and from the lower side of the inner back surface portion via the fourth folding line (C23). It has a fourth bottom surface portion (90) that is continuously provided, and the second bottom surface portion includes a second bottom surface portion main body portion (72) that is continuously provided from the lower side of the inner first side surface portion and a second bottom surface portion main body. The first standing portion (74) connected from the portion via the fifth folding line (C24) parallel to the second folding line, and the sixth folding line (C25) perpendicular to the fifth folding line on the back side of the first standing portion. It is connected to the bottom surface of the 4th bottom surface portion by being connected to the 2nd standing portion (76) which is connected through the second standing portion and the 7th folding line (C26) which is perpendicular to the 6th folding line from the lower side of the 2nd standing portion. The second bottom surface portion main body portion has the first bonded portion (78) that has been formed, and the second bottom surface portion main body portion is an engaging side portion that is a side portion substantially perpendicular to the fifth folding line from the front end portion of the fifth folding line. 72e), in the first adhesive portion, the surface on the same side as the bottom surface side of the second bottom surface portion main body is adhered to the fourth bottom surface portion, and the third bottom surface portion is continuous from the lower side of the inner second side surface portion. The third bottom surface portion main body portion (82) and the eighth folding line (C27) forming approximately 45 degrees with respect to the second folding line from the front side of the third bottom surface portion main body portion are continuously provided, and the first A second adhesive portion (86) bonded to the bottom surface portion and a third standing portion (88) connected from the third bottom surface portion main body portion via a ninth folding line (C28, C29) parallel to the third folding line. The third bottom surface portion main body portion has a protruding portion (84) protruding from the ninth folding line to the side opposite to the third folding line, and the inner front portion has an inner right side surface portion and an inner left side surface portion. The inner front front portion (11) connected from the inside and the inner rear front portion (11) folded back from the upper end of the inner front front portion via the tenth polygonal line (C51, C52) and adhered to the back surface of the inner front front portion ( 12) and the inclined part is the lower end of the inner rear front part From the 11th folding line (C6), a part of the inner side surface part is separated from the two inner side surface parts of the four inner side surface parts of the inner front front part, the inner right side part, the inner left side part and the inner back part. As (24, 34), the inner box surface portion is formed so as to be separable from the inner side surface portion main body portion which is a portion other than the separation portion via the cut line, and in the unfolded state of the inner box portion, the inner glue margin portion, the inner back surface portion, The outer first side surface portion, the inner front surface portion, and the inner second side surface portion are connected in this order, and the outer box portion is an outer sleeve-shaped portion provided along the outer surface of the inner box portion, and is the outer side of the inner front portion. The outer front surface portion (210) formed along the surface, the outer right surface portion (220) formed along the outer surface of the inner right surface portion, and the outer surface portion formed along the inner left surface portion. It has an outer left side surface portion (230), an outer back surface portion (240) formed along the outer surface of the inner back surface portion, and an outer glue allowance portion (242), and the outer box portion is assembled in a box shape. In the state, in the four outer surface portions of the outer front portion, the outer right surface portion, the outer left side surface portion, and the outer back surface portion, the outer sleeve-shaped portion (205) in which the outer surface portions adjacent to each other are substantially perpendicular to each other, and the upper end of the outer sleeve-shaped portion. Separated portion on the outer surface portion corresponding to the separated portion forming inner side surface portion, which is an inner side surface portion provided with a separating portion in the inner box portion, having a lid portion continuously provided via a folding line. Is bonded, and the rotating piece portion (224, 234), which is a part including the region where the separated portion is bonded on the outer surface portion, is rotatably formed with respect to the other portion of the outer surface portion to which the separated portion is bonded. In the unfolded state of the outer box portion, the outer first side surface portion, the outer front surface portion, and the outer side formed along the outer surface of the inner first side surface portion while the outer back surface portion, the outer right side surface portion and the outer left side surface portion are formed. On the other side of the right side surface portion and the outer left side surface portion, the outer second side surface portion formed along the outer surface of the inner second side surface portion and the outer glue margin portion are connected in this order, and when the packaging box is folded, the inner side is provided. The first angle, which is the angle between the front portion and the inner second side surface portion, is smaller than the first angle in the assembled state of the inner box portion, and the second angle, which is the angle between the inner back portion and the inner first side surface portion, is inside. It is smaller than the second angle in the assembled state of the box part, and by increasing the first angle and the second angle from the folded state of the packaging box, the first standing part becomes the second bottom surface part main body part. The second standing portion is bent with respect to the first adhesive portion, and the third standing portion is in contact with the first standing portion with respect to the main body portion of the third bottom surface portion. And bent In the state, the protruding portion engages with the corner portion (75) between the first standing portion and the second standing portion, and the front end portion of the third standing portion engages with the engaging side portion for packaging. The box is in the assembled state, and in the assembled state of the packaging box, the first standing portion and the third standing portion are in contact with each other in a state of facing each other, and a part of the second bottom surface portion main body portion is located above the first bottom surface portion. A part of the main body of the third bottom surface portion is located above the fourth bottom surface portion, and the inclined portion has the bottom surface of the inclined portion in contact with at least one of the first standing portion, the second standing portion, and the third standing portion. In the state, the front side of the inclined part is inclined so as to be lower than the back side with respect to the virtual plane surrounded by the lower side of the side surface component, and the separated part is rotated outward by rotating the rotating piece part. A method for manufacturing a packaging box, wherein the cut line between the side surface portion of the inner box portion and the main body portion of the inner box portion is cut, and the separation portion is separated from the inner box portion in a state of being adhered to the rotating piece portion.
This is the first bonding step of adhering the unfolded inner box to the unfolded outer box. The inner front is overlapped with the outer front, the inner right surface is overlapped with the outer right surface, and the inner left is overlapped with the outer left surface. The first bonding step of bonding the rotating piece part of the outer box part and the separating part of the inner box part with the face parts overlapped and the inner back part overlapped with the outer back part.
An adhesion / folding process in which the rear front portion is adhered to the front front portion and the inclined portion is folded back to the rear front portion via the 11th folding line.
The second bottom surface portion is folded back to the inner first side surface portion via the second folding line, the fourth bottom surface portion is folded back to the inner back surface portion via the fourth folding line, and the first adhesive portion and the second bottom surface portion are folded back. With the adhesive applied to any of the areas where the first adhesive portion adheres on the fourth bottom surface portion, the outer back surface portion is folded back with respect to the outer first side surface portion to form the first adhesive portion and the fourth bottom surface portion. The second bonding process to bond
The third bottom surface portion main body portion is folded back to the inner second side surface portion via the third folding line, the second adhesive portion is folded back to the third bottom surface portion main body portion via the eighth folding line, and the first bottom surface portion is folded back. The portion is folded back to the inner front portion via the first folding line, and one of the regions where the second adhesive portion adheres to the second adhesive portion and the first bottom surface portion, and the inner glue margin portion and the inner second portion. With the adhesive applied to either the area where the inner glue margin portion adheres on the side surface portion or the region where the outer glue margin portion adheres on the outer glue margin portion and the outer back surface portion, the outer second side surface portion is applied. Fold back to the outer front part, bond the second adhesive part and the first bottom surface part, bond the inner glue margin part and the inner second side surface part, and bond the outer glue margin part and the outer back surface part. Process and
A method for manufacturing a packaging box, which comprises.
接着・折返し工程と第2接着工程の間に、第1底面部を内側正面部に対して第1折れ線を介して折り返し、第2底面部を内側第1側面部に対して第2折れ線を介して折り返し、第3底面部を内側第2側面部に対して第3折れ線を介して折り返し、第4底面部を内側背面部に対して第4折れ線を介して折り返すとともに、第2接着部を第3底面部本体部に対して第8折れ線を介して折り返す折り返し工程と、第1接着部と第4底面部における第1接着部が接着する領域のいずれかに接着剤を塗布する接着剤塗布工程とを有し、
第2接着工程と第3接着工程の間に、第2接着部と第1底面部における第2接着部が接着する領域のいずれかと、内側糊代部と内側第2側面部における内側糊代部が接着する領域のいずれかと、外側糊代部と外側背面部における外側糊代部が接着する領域のいずれかに接着剤を塗布する第2接着剤塗布工程とを有することを特徴とする請求項15に記載の包装箱の製造方法。
Between the bonding / folding process and the second bonding process, the first bottom surface portion is folded back to the inner front surface portion via the first folding line, and the second bottom surface portion is folded back to the inner first side surface portion via the second folding line. The third bottom surface portion is folded back to the inner second side surface portion via the third folding line, the fourth bottom surface portion is folded back to the inner back surface portion via the fourth folding line, and the second adhesive portion is folded back. 3 Folding step of folding back the main body of the bottom surface via the 8th folding line, and an adhesive application step of applying an adhesive to either the region where the first adhesive portion adheres between the first adhesive portion and the fourth bottom surface portion. And have
Between the second bonding step and the third bonding step, one of the regions where the second bonding portion adheres between the second bonding portion and the first bottom surface portion, and the inner glue margin portion in the inner glue margin portion and the inner second side surface portion. The claim is characterized by having a second adhesive application step of applying an adhesive to any one of the regions to which the adhesive adheres and the region to which the outer adhesive margin portion adheres on the outer glue margin portion and the outer back surface portion. 15. The method for manufacturing a packaging box according to 15.
JP2017006277A 2017-01-17 2017-01-17 Box body, wrapping box and manufacturing method of wrapping box Active JP6858570B2 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017006277A JP6858570B2 (en) 2017-01-17 2017-01-17 Box body, wrapping box and manufacturing method of wrapping box

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017006277A JP6858570B2 (en) 2017-01-17 2017-01-17 Box body, wrapping box and manufacturing method of wrapping box

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
JP2018115001A JP2018115001A (en) 2018-07-26
JP6858570B2 true JP6858570B2 (en) 2021-04-14

Family

ID=62985036

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
JP2017006277A Active JP6858570B2 (en) 2017-01-17 2017-01-17 Box body, wrapping box and manufacturing method of wrapping box

Country Status (1)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6858570B2 (en)

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2018115001A (en) 2018-07-26

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN106660655B (en) Display tray with support column and aperture
JP3139948U (en) Packaging box
JP6909042B2 (en) Packaging box and manufacturing method of packaging box
JP6858570B2 (en) Box body, wrapping box and manufacturing method of wrapping box
JP2014506818A (en) Medical product packaging
JP5309072B2 (en) Packaging box manufacturing method
JP5782470B2 (en) Packaging box
JP6902874B2 (en) Packaging box manufacturing method and packaging box
JP6806484B2 (en) Box body, packaging box and manufacturing method of packaging box
JP5487518B2 (en) Packaging box
JP2003246319A (en) Packaging box with display function
JP6926682B2 (en) Packaging box
JP6895723B2 (en) Packaging box manufacturing method
JP2008120423A (en) Packaging box
CN209972997U (en) Package (I)
JP3245405U (en) packaging box
JP6889529B2 (en) Box body, wrapping box and manufacturing method of wrapping box
JP3190139U (en) Packaging box
JP3230609U (en) Packaging box
JP6755765B2 (en) Box body and packaging box
JP5979531B2 (en) Packaging box
JP2013154047A (en) Package body of round rice cake, packaging material for round rice cake, method for assembling thereof, round rice cake set, and decoration method of round rice cake
JP7187978B2 (en) packaging box
JP3079847U (en) Corrugated cardboard case for storage capacity
JP6919532B2 (en) Flower packaging box

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
A80 Written request to apply exceptions to lack of novelty of invention

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A80

Effective date: 20170201

A80 Written request to apply exceptions to lack of novelty of invention

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A80

Effective date: 20170203

A621 Written request for application examination

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A621

Effective date: 20191128

A977 Report on retrieval

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A971007

Effective date: 20201113

A131 Notification of reasons for refusal

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A131

Effective date: 20201201

A521 Request for written amendment filed

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A523

Effective date: 20210128

TRDD Decision of grant or rejection written
A01 Written decision to grant a patent or to grant a registration (utility model)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A01

Effective date: 20210226

A61 First payment of annual fees (during grant procedure)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A61

Effective date: 20210324

R150 Certificate of patent or registration of utility model

Ref document number: 6858570

Country of ref document: JP

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R150

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250